gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
283 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
284 char *cond_string,
285 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
286
287 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
288 from. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
292 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
293 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
297 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
298
299 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
306 breakpoints. */
307 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
316 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
317 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
318 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
319 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
320 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
321
322 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
323 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
324 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
325 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
326 dprintf_style_gdb,
327 dprintf_style_call,
328 dprintf_style_agent,
329 NULL
330 };
331 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
332
333 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
335 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
336 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
337
338 static char *dprintf_function = "";
339
340 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
341 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
342 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
343 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
344 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
345 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
346 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
347
348 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
349
350 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
351 has disconnected. */
352 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
353
354 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
355 breakpoints share a single command list. */
356 struct counted_command_line
357 {
358 /* The reference count. */
359 int refc;
360
361 /* The command list. */
362 struct command_line *commands;
363 };
364
365 struct command_line *
366 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
367 {
368 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
369 }
370
371 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
372 current breakpoint. */
373
374 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
375
376 const char *
377 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
378 {
379 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
380 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
381 a breakpoint. */
382 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
383
384 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
385 }
386
387 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
388 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
389 if such is available. */
390 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
391
392 static void
393 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
394 struct cmd_list_element *c,
395 const char *value)
396 {
397 fprintf_filtered (file,
398 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
399 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
400 value);
401 }
402
403 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
404 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
405 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
406 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
407 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
408 static void
409 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
410 struct cmd_list_element *c,
411 const char *value)
412 {
413 fprintf_filtered (file,
414 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
415 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
416 value);
417 }
418
419 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
420 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
421 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
422 use hardware breakpoints. */
423 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
424 static void
425 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
426 struct cmd_list_element *c,
427 const char *value)
428 {
429 fprintf_filtered (file,
430 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
431 value);
432 }
433
434 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
435 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
436 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
437 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
438 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
439
440 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
441
442 static void
443 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
444 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
445 {
446 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
447 fprintf_filtered (file,
448 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
449 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
450 value,
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
452 else
453 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
454 value);
455 }
456
457 int
458 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
459 {
460 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
461 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
462 }
463
464 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
465
466 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
468 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
469 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
470 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
471 condition_evaluation_auto,
472 condition_evaluation_host,
473 condition_evaluation_target,
474 NULL
475 };
476
477 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
478 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
479
480 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
481 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
482 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
483
484 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
485 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
486 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
487 evaluation mode. */
488
489 static const char *
490 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
491 {
492 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
493 {
494 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
495 return condition_evaluation_target;
496 else
497 return condition_evaluation_host;
498 }
499 else
500 return mode;
501 }
502
503 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
504
505 static const char *
506 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
507 {
508 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
509 }
510
511 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
512 otherwise. */
513
514 static int
515 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
516 {
517 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
518
519 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
520 }
521
522 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
523
524 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
525 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
526
527 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
528 static int overlay_events_enabled;
529
530 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
531 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
532
533 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
535 current breakpoint. */
536
537 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
538
539 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
540 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
541 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
542 B = TMP)
543
544 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
545 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
546 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
547
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
549 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
550 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
551 BP_TMP++)
552
553 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
554 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
555 to where the loop should start from.
556 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
557 appropriate location to start with. */
558
559 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
560 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
561 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
562 BP_LOCP_START \
563 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
564 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
565 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
566
567 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
568
569 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
570 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
571 if (is_tracepoint (B))
572
573 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
574
575 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
576
577 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
578
579 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
580
581 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
582
583 static unsigned bp_location_count;
584
585 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
586 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
587 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
588 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
589 an address you need to read. */
590
591 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
592
593 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
594 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
595 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
596 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
597 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
598
599 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
600
601 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
602 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
603 by a target. */
604 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
605
606 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
607
608 static int breakpoint_count;
609
610 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
611 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
612 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
613 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
614 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
615
616 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
617
618 static int tracepoint_count;
619
620 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
621 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
622 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
623
624 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
625 static int
626 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
627 {
628 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
629 }
630
631 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
632
633 static void
634 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
635 {
636 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
637 breakpoint_count = num;
638 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
639 }
640
641 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
642 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
643 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
644
645 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
655 breakpoint made. */
656
657 void
658 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
659 {
660 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
661 }
662
663 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
664
665 void
666 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
667 {
668 struct breakpoint *b;
669
670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
671 b->hit_count = 0;
672 }
673
674 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
675 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
676
677 static struct counted_command_line *
678 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
679 {
680 struct counted_command_line *result
681 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
682
683 result->refc = 1;
684 result->commands = commands;
685 return result;
686 }
687
688 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
689
690 static void
691 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
692 {
693 if (cmd)
694 ++cmd->refc;
695 }
696
697 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
698 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
699 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
700
701 static void
702 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
703 {
704 if (*cmdp)
705 {
706 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
707 {
708 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
709 xfree (*cmdp);
710 }
711 *cmdp = NULL;
712 }
713 }
714
715 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
716
717 static void
718 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
719 {
720 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
721 }
722
723 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
724 argument. */
725
726 static struct cleanup *
727 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
728 {
729 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
730 }
731
732 \f
733 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
734 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
735
736 struct breakpoint *
737 get_breakpoint (int num)
738 {
739 struct breakpoint *b;
740
741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
742 if (b->number == num)
743 return b;
744
745 return NULL;
746 }
747
748 \f
749
750 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
751 evaluating conditions on its side. */
752
753 static void
754 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
755 {
756 struct bp_location *loc;
757
758 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
759 evaluating conditions and if the user has
760 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
761 side. */
762 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
763 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
764 return;
765
766 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
767 return;
768
769 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
770 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
771 }
772
773 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
774 evaluating conditions on its side. */
775
776 static void
777 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
778 {
779 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
780 evaluating conditions and if the user has
781 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
782 side. */
783 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
784 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
785
786 return;
787
788 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
789 return;
790
791 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
792 }
793
794 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
795 condition_evaluation_mode. */
796
797 static void
798 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
799 struct cmd_list_element *c)
800 {
801 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
802
803 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
804 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
805 {
806 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
807 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
808 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
809 return;
810 }
811
812 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
813 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
814
815 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
816 settings was "auto". */
817 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
818
819 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
820 if (new_mode != old_mode)
821 {
822 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
823 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
824 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
825
826 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
827 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
828 */
829
830 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
831 {
832 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
833 target. */
834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
835 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
836 }
837 else
838 {
839 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
840 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
841 target knows about. */
842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
843 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
844 loc->needs_update = 1;
845 }
846
847 /* Do the update. */
848 update_global_location_list (1);
849 }
850
851 return;
852 }
853
854 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
855 what "auto" is translating to. */
856
857 static void
858 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
859 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
860 {
861 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
862 fprintf_filtered (file,
863 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
864 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
865 value,
866 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
867 else
868 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
869 value);
870 }
871
872 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
873 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
874 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
875
876 static int
877 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
878 {
879 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
880 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
881
882 if (a->address == b->address)
883 return 0;
884 else
885 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
886 }
887
888 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
889 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
890 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
891 return NULL. */
892
893 static struct bp_location **
894 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
895 {
896 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
897 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
898 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
899
900 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
901 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
902 dummy_loc.address = address;
903
904 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
905 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
906 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
907 bp_location_compare_addrs);
908
909 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
910 if (locp_found == NULL)
911 return NULL;
912
913 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
914 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
915 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
916 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
917 locp_found--;
918
919 return locp_found;
920 }
921
922 void
923 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
924 int from_tty)
925 {
926 xfree (b->cond_string);
927 b->cond_string = NULL;
928
929 if (is_watchpoint (b))
930 {
931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
932
933 xfree (w->cond_exp);
934 w->cond_exp = NULL;
935 }
936 else
937 {
938 struct bp_location *loc;
939
940 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
941 {
942 xfree (loc->cond);
943 loc->cond = NULL;
944
945 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
946 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
947 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
948 }
949 }
950
951 if (*exp == 0)
952 {
953 if (from_tty)
954 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
955 }
956 else
957 {
958 char *arg = exp;
959
960 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
961 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
962 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
963 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
964
965 if (is_watchpoint (b))
966 {
967 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
968
969 innermost_block = NULL;
970 arg = exp;
971 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
972 if (*arg)
973 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
974 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
975 }
976 else
977 {
978 struct bp_location *loc;
979
980 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
981 {
982 arg = exp;
983 loc->cond =
984 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
985 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
986 if (*arg)
987 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
988 }
989 }
990 }
991 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
992
993 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
994 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
995 }
996
997 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
998
999 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1000 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
1001 {
1002 char *space;
1003
1004 text = skip_spaces (text);
1005 space = skip_to_space (text);
1006 if (*space == '\0')
1007 {
1008 int len;
1009 struct breakpoint *b;
1010 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1011
1012 if (text[0] == '$')
1013 {
1014 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1015 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1016 return NULL;
1017 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1018 }
1019
1020 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1021 len = strlen (text);
1022
1023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1024 {
1025 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1026 struct bp_location *loc;
1027 int count = 1;
1028
1029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1030 {
1031 char location[50];
1032
1033 if (single)
1034 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1035 else
1036 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1037 count);
1038
1039 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1040 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1041
1042 ++count;
1043 }
1044 }
1045
1046 return result;
1047 }
1048
1049 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1050 text = skip_spaces (space);
1051 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1052 }
1053
1054 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1055
1056 static void
1057 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1058 {
1059 struct breakpoint *b;
1060 char *p;
1061 int bnum;
1062
1063 if (arg == 0)
1064 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1065
1066 p = arg;
1067 bnum = get_number (&p);
1068 if (bnum == 0)
1069 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1070
1071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1072 if (b->number == bnum)
1073 {
1074 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1075 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1076 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1077 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1078 if (b->py_bp_object
1079 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1080 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1081 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1082 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1083
1084 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1085 update_global_location_list (1);
1086
1087 return;
1088 }
1089
1090 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1091 }
1092
1093 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1094 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1095 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1096
1097 static void
1098 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1099 {
1100 struct command_line *c;
1101
1102 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1103 {
1104 int i;
1105
1106 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1107 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1108 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1109
1110 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1111 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1112
1113 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1114 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1115 command directly. */
1116 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1117 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118
1119 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1120 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1121 }
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1125
1126 static int
1127 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1128 {
1129 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1130 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1131 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1132 }
1133
1134 int
1135 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1136 {
1137 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1138 }
1139
1140 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1141 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1142 found. */
1143
1144 static void
1145 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1146 struct command_line *commands)
1147 {
1148 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1149 {
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1153 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1154 struct command_line *c;
1155 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1156 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1157 {
1158 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1159 {
1160 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1163 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1164 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1165 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1166
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "can be used only once"));
1170 else
1171 while_stepping = c;
1172 }
1173 }
1174 if (while_stepping)
1175 {
1176 struct command_line *c2;
1177
1178 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1179 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1180 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1181 {
1182 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1183 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 }
1185 }
1186 }
1187 else
1188 {
1189 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1190 }
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1194 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1195
1196 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1197 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1198 {
1199 struct breakpoint *b;
1200 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1201 struct bp_location *loc;
1202
1203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1204 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1205 {
1206 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1207 if (loc->address == addr)
1208 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1209 }
1210
1211 return found;
1212 }
1213
1214 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1215 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1216
1217 void
1218 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1219 struct command_line *commands)
1220 {
1221 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1222
1223 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1224 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1225 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1227 }
1228
1229 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1230 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1231 commands. */
1232
1233 void
1234 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1235 {
1236 int old_silent = b->silent;
1237
1238 b->silent = silent;
1239 if (old_silent != silent)
1240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1244 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1245
1246 void
1247 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1248 {
1249 int old_thread = b->thread;
1250
1251 b->thread = thread;
1252 if (old_thread != thread)
1253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1257 breakpoint work for any task. */
1258
1259 void
1260 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1261 {
1262 int old_task = b->task;
1263
1264 b->task = task;
1265 if (old_task != task)
1266 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1267 }
1268
1269 void
1270 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1271 {
1272 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1273
1274 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1275 }
1276
1277 /* A structure used to pass information through
1278 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1279
1280 struct commands_info
1281 {
1282 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1283 int from_tty;
1284
1285 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1286 char *arg;
1287
1288 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1289 already-parsed command. */
1290 struct command_line *control;
1291
1292 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1293 yet been read. */
1294 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1295 };
1296
1297 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1298 commands_command. */
1299
1300 static void
1301 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1302 {
1303 struct commands_info *info = data;
1304
1305 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1306 {
1307 struct command_line *l;
1308
1309 if (info->control != NULL)
1310 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1311 else
1312 {
1313 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1314 char *str;
1315
1316 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1317 "%s, one per line."),
1318 info->arg);
1319
1320 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1321
1322 l = read_command_lines (str,
1323 info->from_tty, 1,
1324 (is_tracepoint (b)
1325 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1326 b);
1327
1328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1329 }
1330
1331 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1332 }
1333
1334 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1335 do anything. */
1336 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1337 {
1338 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1339 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1340 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1341 b->commands = info->cmd;
1342 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1343 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1344 }
1345 }
1346
1347 static void
1348 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1349 struct command_line *control)
1350 {
1351 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1352 struct commands_info info;
1353
1354 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1355 info.control = control;
1356 info.cmd = NULL;
1357 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1358 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1359 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1360
1361 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1362 {
1363 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1364 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1365 breakpoint_count);
1366 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1367 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1368 else
1369 {
1370 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1371 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1372 numbers will fail in this case. */
1373 arg = NULL;
1374 }
1375 }
1376 else
1377 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1378 our argument. */
1379 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1380
1381 if (arg != NULL)
1382 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1383
1384 info.arg = arg;
1385
1386 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1387
1388 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1389 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1390
1391 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1392 }
1393
1394 static void
1395 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1396 {
1397 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1401 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1402
1403 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1404 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1405 enum command_control_type
1406 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1407 {
1408 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1409 return simple_control;
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1413
1414 static int
1415 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1416 {
1417 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1418 return 0;
1419 if (!bl->inserted)
1420 return 0;
1421 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1422 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1423 return 0;
1424 return 1;
1425 }
1426
1427 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1428 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1429
1430 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1431 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1432 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1433
1434 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1435 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1436 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1437 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1438 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1439 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1440 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1441 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1442 and:
1443 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1444
1445 void
1446 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1447 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1448 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1449 {
1450 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1451 search. */
1452 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1453
1454 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1455 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1456 report higher one. */
1457
1458 bc_l = 0;
1459 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1460 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1461 {
1462 struct bp_location *bl;
1463
1464 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1465 bl = bp_location[bc];
1466
1467 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1468 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1469 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1470 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1471
1472 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1473 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1474 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1475
1476 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 >= bl->address)
1478 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1479 <= memaddr))
1480 bc_l = bc;
1481 else
1482 bc_r = bc;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1486 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1487 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1488 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1489 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1490 B:
1491
1492 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1493
1494 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1495 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1496 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1497 and L2. */
1498 while (bc_l > 0
1499 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1500 bc_l--;
1501
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503
1504 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1505 {
1506 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1507 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1508 int bp_size = 0;
1509 int bptoffset = 0;
1510
1511 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1512 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1513 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1514 bl->owner->number);
1515
1516 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1517 content. */
1518
1519 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1520 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1521 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1522 break;
1523
1524 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1525 continue;
1526 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1527 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1528 continue;
1529
1530 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1531 we need to copy. */
1532 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1533 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1534
1535 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1537 are reading. */
1538 continue;
1539
1540 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1542 reading. */
1543 continue;
1544
1545 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1546 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1547 {
1548 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1550 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1551 bp_addr = memaddr;
1552 }
1553
1554 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1555 {
1556 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1557 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1558 }
1559
1560 if (readbuf != NULL)
1561 {
1562 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1563 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1564 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1565 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1566 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1567
1568 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1569 shadow. */
1570 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1571 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1572 }
1573 else
1574 {
1575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1576 const unsigned char *bp;
1577 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1578 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1579
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1582 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1583
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1585 address. */
1586 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1587
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1591 }
1592 }
1593 }
1594 \f
1595
1596 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1597 breakpoint. */
1598
1599 int
1600 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1608
1609 static int
1610 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1611 {
1612 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1613 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1614 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1618 software. */
1619
1620 int
1621 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1622 {
1623 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1624 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1625 }
1626
1627 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1628 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1629 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1630 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1631 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1632 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1633 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1634 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1635
1636 static int
1637 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1638 {
1639 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1640 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1641 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1642 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1643 }
1644
1645 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1646 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1647
1648 static void
1649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1650 {
1651 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1652
1653 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1654 {
1655 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1656 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1657 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1658 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1659 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1660 }
1661 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1662 }
1663
1664 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1665 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1666 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1667 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1668 in b->loc->cond.
1669 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1670
1671 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1672 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1673 it.
1674
1675 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1676 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1677 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1678 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1679 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1680 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1681 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1682 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1683
1684 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1685 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1686 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1687 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1688 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1689 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1690 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1691 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1692 not changed.
1693
1694 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1695 hardware watchpoints:
1696
1697 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1698 called several times when GDB stops.
1699
1700 [linux]
1701 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1702 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1703 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1704 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1705 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1706 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1707 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1708 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1709 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1710 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1711 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1712
1713 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1714 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1715
1716 static void
1717 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1718 {
1719 int within_current_scope;
1720 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1721 int frame_saved;
1722
1723 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1724 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1725 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1726 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1727 return;
1728
1729 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1730 return;
1731
1732 frame_saved = 0;
1733
1734 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1735 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1736 within_current_scope = 1;
1737 else
1738 {
1739 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1740 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1741 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1742
1743 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1744 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1745 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1746 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1747 return;
1748
1749 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1750 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1751 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1752 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1753 selected frame. */
1754 frame_saved = 1;
1755 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1756
1757 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1758 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1759 if (within_current_scope)
1760 select_frame (fi);
1761 }
1762
1763 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1764 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1765 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1766 b->base.loc = NULL;
1767
1768 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1769 {
1770 char *s;
1771
1772 if (b->exp)
1773 {
1774 xfree (b->exp);
1775 b->exp = NULL;
1776 }
1777 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1778 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1779 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1780 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1781 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1782 be completely different objects. */
1783 value_free (b->val);
1784 b->val = NULL;
1785 b->val_valid = 0;
1786
1787 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1788 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1789 locations (re)created below. */
1790 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1791 {
1792 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1793 {
1794 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1795 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1796 }
1797
1798 s = b->base.cond_string;
1799 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1800 }
1801 }
1802
1803 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1804 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1805 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1806 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1807 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1808 if ( !target_has_execution)
1809 {
1810 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1811 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1812 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1813 }
1814 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1815 {
1816 int pc = 0;
1817 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1818 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1819
1820 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1821
1822 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1823 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1824 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1825 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1826 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1827 watchpoints. */
1828 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1829 {
1830 b->val = v;
1831 b->val_valid = 1;
1832 }
1833
1834 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1835
1836 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1837 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1838 {
1839 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1840 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1841 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1842 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1843 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1844 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1845 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1846 {
1847 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1848
1849 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1850 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1851 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1852 if (v == result
1853 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1854 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1855 {
1856 CORE_ADDR addr;
1857 int type;
1858 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1859
1860 addr = value_address (v);
1861 type = hw_write;
1862 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1863 type = hw_read;
1864 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1865 type = hw_access;
1866
1867 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1868 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1869 ;
1870 *tmp = loc;
1871 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1872
1873 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1874 loc->address = addr;
1875 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1876 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1877 }
1878 }
1879 }
1880
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1884 is started. */
1885 if (reparse)
1886 {
1887 int reg_cnt;
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1889 struct bp_location *bl;
1890
1891 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892
1893 if (reg_cnt)
1894 {
1895 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1896 enum bptype type;
1897
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1901
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1906
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1910 type = b->base.type;
1911 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1912 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1913
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 manually. */
1919
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1922
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1925
1926 target_resources_ok
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1928 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1929 {
1930 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1931
1932 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1938
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 }
1942 else
1943 {
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1947 nop. */
1948 b->base.type = type;
1949 }
1950 }
1951 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1952 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1953 "read/access watchpoint."));
1954 else
1955 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1956
1957 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1958 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1959 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1960 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1961 }
1962
1963 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1964 {
1965 next = value_next (v);
1966 if (v != b->val)
1967 value_free (v);
1968 }
1969
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1975 {
1976 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1977 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1978 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1979 base->loc->address = -1;
1980 base->loc->length = -1;
1981 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1982 }
1983 }
1984 else if (!within_current_scope)
1985 {
1986 printf_filtered (_("\
1987 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1988 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1989 b->base.number);
1990 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1991 }
1992
1993 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1994 if (frame_saved)
1995 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1996 }
1997
1998
1999 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2000 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2001 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2002 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2003 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2004 static int
2005 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2006 {
2007 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2011 return 0;
2012
2013 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2014 return 0;
2015
2016 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2017 return 0;
2018
2019 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2020 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2021 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2022 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2023 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2024 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2025 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2026 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2027 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2028 return 0;
2029
2030 return 1;
2031 }
2032
2033 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2034 that the location is not duplicated. */
2035
2036 static int
2037 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2038 {
2039 int result;
2040 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2041
2042 bl->duplicate = 0;
2043 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2044 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2045 return result;
2046 }
2047
2048 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2049 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2050 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2051 any error during parsing. */
2052
2053 static struct agent_expr *
2054 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2055 {
2056 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2057 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2058 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2059
2060 if (!cond)
2061 return NULL;
2062
2063 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2064 that may show up. */
2065 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2066 {
2067 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2068 }
2069
2070 if (ex.reason < 0)
2071 {
2072 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2073 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2074 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2075 return NULL;
2076 }
2077
2078 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2079 return aexpr;
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2083 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2084 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2085 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2086 one of them is true. */
2087
2088 static void
2089 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2090 {
2091 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2092 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2093 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2094 struct bp_location *loc;
2095
2096 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2097 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2098 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2099 side. */
2100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2102 return;
2103
2104 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2105 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2106 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2107 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2108 response back to GDB. */
2109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2110 {
2111 loc = (*loc2p);
2112 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2113 {
2114 if (modified)
2115 {
2116 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2117
2118 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2119 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2120 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2121 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2122 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2123 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2124
2125 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2126 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2127 to the target. */
2128 if (aexpr)
2129 continue;
2130 }
2131
2132 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2133 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2134 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2135 {
2136 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2137 break;
2138 }
2139 }
2140 }
2141
2142 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2143 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2144 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2145
2146 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2147 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2148 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2149 {
2150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2151 {
2152 loc = (*loc2p);
2153 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2154 {
2155 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2156 located. */
2157 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2158 return;
2159
2160 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2161 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2162 }
2163 }
2164 }
2165
2166 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2167 for this location's address. */
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2169 {
2170 loc = (*loc2p);
2171 if (loc->cond
2172 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2173 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2174 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2175 && loc->enabled)
2176 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2177 conditions to the target. */
2178 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2179 loc->cond_bytecode);
2180 }
2181
2182 return;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2186 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2187 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2188
2189 static struct agent_expr *
2190 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2191 {
2192 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2193 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2194 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2195 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2196 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2197 char *cmdrest;
2198 char *format_start, *format_end;
2199 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2200 int nargs;
2201 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2202
2203 if (!cmd)
2204 return NULL;
2205
2206 cmdrest = cmd;
2207
2208 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2209 ++cmdrest;
2210 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2211
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2214
2215 format_start = cmdrest;
2216
2217 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2218
2219 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2220
2221 format_end = cmdrest;
2222
2223 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2224 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2225
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2227
2228 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2229 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2230
2231 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2232 cmdrest++;
2233 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2234
2235 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2236
2237 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2238 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2239
2240 nargs = 0;
2241 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2242 {
2243 char *cmd1;
2244
2245 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2246 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2247 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2248 cmdrest = cmd1;
2249 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2250 ++cmdrest;
2251 }
2252
2253 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2254 that may show up. */
2255 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2256 {
2257 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2258 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2259 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2260 }
2261
2262 if (ex.reason < 0)
2263 {
2264 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2265 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2266 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2267 return NULL;
2268 }
2269
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2271
2272 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2273 return aexpr;
2274 }
2275
2276 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2277 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2278 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2279
2280 static void
2281 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2282 {
2283 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2284 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2285 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2286 struct bp_location *loc;
2287
2288 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2289 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2290 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2291 return;
2292
2293 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2294 return;
2295
2296 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2297 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2298 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2299 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2300 response back to GDB. */
2301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2302 {
2303 loc = (*loc2p);
2304 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2305 {
2306 if (modified)
2307 {
2308 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2309
2310 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2311 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2312 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2313 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2314 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2315 loc->owner->extra_string);
2316 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2317
2318 if (!aexpr)
2319 continue;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2323 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2324 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2325 {
2326 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2327 break;
2328 }
2329 }
2330 }
2331
2332 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2333 and so clean up. */
2334 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2335 {
2336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2337 {
2338 loc = (*loc2p);
2339 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2340 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2341 {
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2343 located. */
2344 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2345 return;
2346
2347 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2348 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2349 }
2350 }
2351 }
2352
2353 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2356 {
2357 loc = (*loc2p);
2358 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2360 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2361 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2362 && loc->enabled)
2363 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2364 to send the commands to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2366 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2367 }
2368
2369 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2370 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2371 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2372 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2373 }
2374
2375 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2376 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2377 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2378 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2379 -1 for failure.
2380
2381 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2382 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2383 static int
2384 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2385 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2386 int *disabled_breaks,
2387 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2388 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2389 {
2390 int val = 0;
2391 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2392 struct gdb_exception e;
2393
2394 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2395 return 0;
2396
2397 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2399 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2400 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2401 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2402 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2403 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2404 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2406 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2407 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2408 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2409
2410 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2411 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2412 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2413 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2414
2415 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2416 {
2417 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2418 build_target_command_list (bl);
2419 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2420 bl->needs_update = 0;
2421 }
2422
2423 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2424 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2425 {
2426 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2427 {
2428 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2429 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2430 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2431
2432 Two important cases are:
2433 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2434 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2435 hardware breakpoint.
2436 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2437 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2438 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2439 so we undo.
2440
2441 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2442 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2443 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2444 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2445 gdb. */
2446 struct mem_region *mr
2447 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2448
2449 if (mr)
2450 {
2451 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2452 {
2453 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2454
2455 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2456 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2457 else
2458 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2459
2460 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2461 {
2462 static int said = 0;
2463
2464 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2465 if (!said)
2466 {
2467 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2468 _("Note: automatically using "
2469 "hardware breakpoints for "
2470 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2471 said = 1;
2472 }
2473 }
2474 }
2475 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2476 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2477 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2478 "at readonly address %s"),
2479 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2480 }
2481 }
2482
2483 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2484 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2485 || bl->section == NULL
2486 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2487 {
2488 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2489 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2490 {
2491 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2492 }
2493 if (e.reason < 0)
2494 {
2495 val = 1;
2496 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2497 }
2498 }
2499 else
2500 {
2501 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2502 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2503 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2504 {
2505 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2506 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2507 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2508 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2510 bl->owner->number);
2511 else
2512 {
2513 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2514 bl->section);
2515 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2516 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2517 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2518 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2519 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2520 if (val != 0)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2523 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2524 bl->owner->number);
2525 }
2526 }
2527 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2528 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2529 {
2530 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2531 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2532 {
2533 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2534 }
2535 if (e.reason < 0)
2536 {
2537 val = 1;
2538 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2539 }
2540 }
2541 else
2542 {
2543 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2544 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2545 return 0;
2546 }
2547 }
2548
2549 if (val)
2550 {
2551 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2552 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2553 {
2554 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2555 val = 0;
2556 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2557 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2558 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2559 {
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2562 bl->owner->number);
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2565 "library breakpoints:\n");
2566 }
2567 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2570 }
2571 else
2572 {
2573 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2574 {
2575 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2576 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2579 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2580 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2582 }
2583 else
2584 {
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2587 bl->owner->number);
2588 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2589 "Error accessing memory address ");
2590 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2591 tmp_error_stream);
2592 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2593 safe_strerror (val));
2594 }
2595
2596 }
2597 }
2598 else
2599 bl->inserted = 1;
2600
2601 return val;
2602 }
2603
2604 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2605 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2606 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2607 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2608 {
2609 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2610 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2611
2612 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2613
2614 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2615 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2616 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2617 {
2618 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2619
2620 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2621 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2622 of this one. */
2623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2624 if (loc != bl
2625 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2626 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2627 {
2628 bl->duplicate = 1;
2629 bl->inserted = 1;
2630 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2632 val = 0;
2633 break;
2634 }
2635
2636 if (val == 1)
2637 {
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2639 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2640
2641 if (val)
2642 /* Back to the original value. */
2643 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2644 }
2645 }
2646
2647 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2648 }
2649
2650 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2651 {
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2653 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2654
2655 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2656 if (val)
2657 {
2658 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2659
2660 if (val == 1)
2661 warning (_("\
2662 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2663 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2664 else
2665 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2666 }
2667
2668 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2669
2670 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2671 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2672 so just return success. */
2673 return 0;
2674 }
2675
2676 return 0;
2677 }
2678
2679 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2680 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2681 PSPACE anymore. */
2682
2683 void
2684 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2685 {
2686 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2687 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2688
2689 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2691 {
2692 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2693 delete_breakpoint (b);
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2697 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2698 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2699 {
2700 struct bp_location *tmp;
2701
2702 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2703 {
2704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2705 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2706 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2707 else
2708 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2709 if (tmp->next == loc)
2710 {
2711 tmp->next = loc->next;
2712 break;
2713 }
2714 }
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2718 removed locations above. */
2719 update_global_location_list (0);
2720 }
2721
2722 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2723 Throws exception on any error.
2724 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2725 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2726 void
2727 insert_breakpoints (void)
2728 {
2729 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2730
2731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2733 {
2734 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2735
2736 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2737 }
2738
2739 update_global_location_list (1);
2740
2741 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2742 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2743 now. */
2744 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2745 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2746 }
2747
2748 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2749
2750 void
2751 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2752 {
2753 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2754
2755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2756 {
2757 callback (loc, NULL);
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2762 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2763 always-inserted mode. */
2764
2765 static void
2766 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2767 {
2768 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2769 int error_flag = 0;
2770 int val = 0;
2771 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2772 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2773 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2774
2775 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2776 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2777
2778 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2779 there was an error. */
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2781
2782 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2783
2784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2785 {
2786 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2787 breakpoints. */
2788 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2789 continue;
2790
2791 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2792 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2793 deletion of breakpoints. */
2794 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2795 continue;
2796
2797 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2798
2799 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2800 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2801 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2802 insert breakpoints. */
2803 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2804 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2805 continue;
2806
2807 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2808 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2809 if (val)
2810 error_flag = val;
2811 }
2812
2813 if (error_flag)
2814 {
2815 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2816 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2817 }
2818
2819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2820 }
2821
2822 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2823
2824 static void
2825 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2826 {
2827 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2828 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2829 int error_flag = 0;
2830 int val = 0;
2831 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2832 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2833 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2834
2835 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2836 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2837
2838 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2839 there was an error. */
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2841
2842 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2843
2844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2845 {
2846 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2847 continue;
2848
2849 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2850 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2851 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2852 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2853 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2854 continue;
2855
2856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2857
2858 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2859 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2860 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2861 insert breakpoints. */
2862 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2863 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2864 continue;
2865
2866 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2867 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2868 if (val)
2869 error_flag = val;
2870 }
2871
2872 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2873 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2875 {
2876 int some_failed = 0;
2877 struct bp_location *loc;
2878
2879 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2880 continue;
2881
2882 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2883 continue;
2884
2885 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2886 continue;
2887
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2890 {
2891 some_failed = 1;
2892 break;
2893 }
2894 if (some_failed)
2895 {
2896 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2897 if (loc->inserted)
2898 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2899
2900 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2902 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2903 bpt->number);
2904 error_flag = -1;
2905 }
2906 }
2907
2908 if (error_flag)
2909 {
2910 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2911 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2912 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2913 {
2914 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2915 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2916 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2917 }
2918 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2920 }
2921
2922 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2923 }
2924
2925 /* Used when the program stops.
2926 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2927 removing a breakpoint location. */
2928
2929 int
2930 remove_breakpoints (void)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2933 int val = 0;
2934
2935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2936 {
2937 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2938 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2939 }
2940 return val;
2941 }
2942
2943 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2944
2945 int
2946 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2947 {
2948 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2949 int val;
2950 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2951
2952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2953 {
2954 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2955 continue;
2956
2957 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2958 continue;
2959
2960 if (bl->inserted)
2961 {
2962 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2963 if (val != 0)
2964 return val;
2965 }
2966 }
2967 return 0;
2968 }
2969
2970 int
2971 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2972 {
2973 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2975 int val;
2976 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2977 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2978 struct inferior *inf;
2979 struct thread_info *tp;
2980
2981 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2982 if (tp == NULL)
2983 return 1;
2984
2985 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2986 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2987
2988 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2989
2990 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2991 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2992
2993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2994 {
2995 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2996 continue;
2997
2998 if (bl->inserted)
2999 {
3000 bl->inserted = 0;
3001 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3002 if (val != 0)
3003 {
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3005 return val;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 }
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3010 return 0;
3011 }
3012
3013 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3014
3015 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3016 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3017 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3018 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3019 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3020 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3021 static void
3022 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3023 {
3024 if (internal)
3025 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3026 else
3027 {
3028 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3029 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3030 }
3031 }
3032
3033 static struct breakpoint *
3034 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3035 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3036 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3037 {
3038 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3039 struct breakpoint *b;
3040
3041 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3042
3043 sal.pc = address;
3044 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3045 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3046
3047 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3048 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3049 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3050
3051 return b;
3052 }
3053
3054 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3055 {
3056 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3057 };
3058 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3059
3060 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3061 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3062 {
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3065
3066 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3068
3069 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3070 int longjmp_searched;
3071
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3074
3075 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3076 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3077
3078 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3079 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3080
3081 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3082 int exception_searched;
3083
3084 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3085 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3086 };
3087
3088 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3089
3090 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3091 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3092
3093 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3094
3095 static int
3096 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3097 {
3098 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3099 }
3100
3101 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3102 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3103
3104 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3105 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3106 {
3107 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3108
3109 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3110 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3111 {
3112 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3113 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3114
3115 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3116 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3117 }
3118 return bp_objfile_data;
3119 }
3120
3121 static void
3122 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3125
3126 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3127 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3128 }
3129
3130 static void
3131 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3132 {
3133 struct objfile *objfile;
3134 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3135
3136 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3137 {
3138 struct breakpoint *b;
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3140 CORE_ADDR addr;
3141
3142 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3143
3144 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3145 continue;
3146
3147 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3148 {
3149 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3150
3151 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3152 if (m == NULL)
3153 {
3154 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3155 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3156 continue;
3157 }
3158 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3159 }
3160
3161 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3162 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3163 bp_overlay_event,
3164 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3165 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3166
3167 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3168 {
3169 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3171 }
3172 else
3173 {
3174 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3175 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3176 }
3177 }
3178 update_global_location_list (1);
3179 }
3180
3181 static void
3182 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3183 {
3184 struct program_space *pspace;
3185 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3186
3187 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3188
3189 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3190 {
3191 struct objfile *objfile;
3192
3193 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3194
3195 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3196 {
3197 int i;
3198 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3200
3201 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3202 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3203 continue;
3204
3205 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3206
3207 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3208 {
3209 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3210 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3212 }
3213
3214 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3215 {
3216 int i;
3217 struct probe *probe;
3218 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3219
3220 for (i = 0;
3221 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3222 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3223 i, probe);
3224 ++i)
3225 {
3226 struct breakpoint *b;
3227
3228 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3229 bp_longjmp_master,
3230 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3231 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3232 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3233 }
3234
3235 continue;
3236 }
3237
3238 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3239 {
3240 struct breakpoint *b;
3241 const char *func_name;
3242 CORE_ADDR addr;
3243
3244 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3245 continue;
3246
3247 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3248 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3249 {
3250 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3251
3252 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3253 if (m == NULL)
3254 {
3255 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3256 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3257 continue;
3258 }
3259 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3260 }
3261
3262 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3263 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3264 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3265 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3267 }
3268 }
3269 }
3270 update_global_location_list (1);
3271
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3273 }
3274
3275 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3276 static void
3277 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3278 {
3279 struct program_space *pspace;
3280 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3281 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3282
3283 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3284
3285 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3286 {
3287 struct objfile *objfile;
3288 CORE_ADDR addr;
3289
3290 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3291
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3293 {
3294 struct breakpoint *b;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3296
3297 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3298
3299 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3300 continue;
3301
3302 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3303 {
3304 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3305
3306 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3307 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3308 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3309 {
3310 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3312 continue;
3313 }
3314 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3315 }
3316
3317 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3318 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3319 bp_std_terminate_master,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3321 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3322 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3323 }
3324 }
3325
3326 update_global_location_list (1);
3327
3328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3329 }
3330
3331 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3332
3333 static void
3334 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3335 {
3336 struct objfile *objfile;
3337 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3338
3339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3340 {
3341 struct breakpoint *b;
3342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3344 CORE_ADDR addr;
3345
3346 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3347
3348 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3349 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3350 {
3351 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3352 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3354 }
3355
3356 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3357 {
3358 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3359 int i;
3360 struct probe *probe;
3361
3362 for (i = 0;
3363 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3364 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3365 i, probe);
3366 ++i)
3367 {
3368 struct breakpoint *b;
3369
3370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3371 bp_exception_master,
3372 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3373 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3374 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3375 }
3376
3377 continue;
3378 }
3379
3380 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3381
3382 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3383 continue;
3384
3385 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3386
3387 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3388 {
3389 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3390
3391 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3392 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3393 {
3394 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3395 continue;
3396 }
3397
3398 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3399 }
3400
3401 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3402 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3403 &current_target);
3404 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3405 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3406 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3407 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3408 }
3409
3410 update_global_location_list (1);
3411 }
3412
3413 void
3414 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3415 {
3416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3417 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3418
3419 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3420 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3421 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3422 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3423 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3424 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3425 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3426 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3428 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3429 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3430
3431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3432 {
3433 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3434 continue;
3435
3436 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3438 {
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 continue;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3444 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3445 {
3446 delete_breakpoint (b);
3447 continue;
3448 }
3449
3450 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3451 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3452 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3453 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3454 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3455 {
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 continue;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3461 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3462 {
3463 delete_breakpoint (b);
3464 continue;
3465 }
3466
3467 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3468 after an exec. */
3469 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3470 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3471 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3472 {
3473 delete_breakpoint (b);
3474 continue;
3475 }
3476
3477 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3478 {
3479 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3480 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3481 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3482 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3483 continue;
3484 }
3485
3486 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3487 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3488 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3489 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3490 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3491 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3492
3493 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3494 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3495 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3496 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3497 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3498 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3499 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3500
3501 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3502 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3503 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3504 let finish_command delete it.
3505
3506 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3507 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3508 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3509 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3510 solib breakpoints.) */
3511
3512 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3513 {
3514 continue;
3515 }
3516
3517 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3518 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3519 a.out. */
3520 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3521 {
3522 delete_breakpoint (b);
3523 continue;
3524 }
3525 }
3526 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3527 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3528 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3529 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3530 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3531 }
3532
3533 int
3534 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3535 {
3536 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3537 int val = 0;
3538 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3539 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3540
3541 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3542 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3543
3544 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3545 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3547 {
3548 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3549 continue;
3550
3551 if (bl->inserted)
3552 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3556 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3557
3558 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3559 return val;
3560 }
3561
3562 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3563 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3564 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3565 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3566 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3567
3568 static int
3569 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3570 {
3571 int val;
3572
3573 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3575
3576 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3577 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3578 return 0;
3579
3580 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3581 This should not ever happen. */
3582 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3583
3584 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3585 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3586 {
3587 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3588 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3589 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3590
3591 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3592 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3593 || bl->section == NULL
3594 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3595 {
3596 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3597 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3598 }
3599 else
3600 {
3601 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3602 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3603 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3604 {
3605 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3606 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3607 */
3608 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3609 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3611 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3612 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3613 else
3614 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3615 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3616 }
3617 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3618 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3619 if (bl->inserted)
3620 {
3621 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3622 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3623 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3624 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3625
3626 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3627 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3628 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3630 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3631 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3632 else
3633 val = 0;
3634 }
3635 else
3636 {
3637 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3638 val = 0;
3639 }
3640 }
3641
3642 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3643 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3644 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3645 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3646 val = 0;
3647
3648 if (val)
3649 return val;
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3651 }
3652 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3653 {
3654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3655 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3656
3657 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3658 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3659
3660 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3661 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3662 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3663 bl->owner->number);
3664 }
3665 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3666 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3667 && !bl->duplicate)
3668 {
3669 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3670 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3671
3672 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3673 if (val)
3674 return val;
3675
3676 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3677 }
3678
3679 return 0;
3680 }
3681
3682 static int
3683 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3684 {
3685 int ret;
3686 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3687
3688 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3690
3691 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3692 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3693 return 0;
3694
3695 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3696 This should not ever happen. */
3697 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3698
3699 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3700
3701 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3702
3703 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3704
3705 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3706 return ret;
3707 }
3708
3709 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3710
3711 void
3712 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3713 {
3714 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3715
3716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3717 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3718 bl->inserted = 0;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3722 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3723
3724 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3725 between runs.
3726
3727 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3728 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3729 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3730
3731
3732
3733 void
3734 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3735 {
3736 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3737 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3738 int ix;
3739 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3740
3741 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3742 nothing to do. */
3743 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3744 return;
3745
3746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3747 {
3748 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3749 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3750 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3751 bl->inserted = 0;
3752 }
3753
3754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3755 {
3756 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3757 continue;
3758
3759 switch (b->type)
3760 {
3761 case bp_call_dummy:
3762 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3763
3764 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3765 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3766 rid of it. */
3767
3768 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3769
3770 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3771
3772 case bp_shlib_event:
3773
3774 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3775 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3776 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3777 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3778 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3779
3780 (gdb) file prog-linux
3781 (gdb) run # native linux target
3782 ...
3783 (gdb) kill
3784 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3785 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3786 */
3787
3788 case bp_step_resume:
3789
3790 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3791
3792 delete_breakpoint (b);
3793 break;
3794
3795 case bp_watchpoint:
3796 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3797 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3798 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3799 {
3800 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3801
3802 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3803 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b);
3805 else if (context == inf_starting)
3806 {
3807 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3808 insert_breakpoints. */
3809 if (w->val)
3810 value_free (w->val);
3811 w->val = NULL;
3812 w->val_valid = 0;
3813 }
3814 }
3815 break;
3816 default:
3817 break;
3818 }
3819 }
3820
3821 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3822 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3823 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3824 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3825 }
3826
3827 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3828 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3829 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3830 match, not program space. */
3831
3832 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3833 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3834 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3835 permanent breakpoint.
3836 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3837 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3838 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3839 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3840 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3841
3842 enum breakpoint_here
3843 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3844 {
3845 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3846 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3847
3848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3849 {
3850 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3851 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3852 continue;
3853
3854 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3855 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3856 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3858 {
3859 if (overlay_debugging
3860 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3861 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3862 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3863 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3864 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3865 else
3866 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3867 }
3868 }
3869
3870 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3874
3875 int
3876 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3877 {
3878 struct bp_location *loc;
3879 int ix;
3880
3881 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3882 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3883 return 1;
3884
3885 return 0;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3889 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3890 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3891 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3892
3893 int
3894 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3895 CORE_ADDR pc)
3896 {
3897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3898
3899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3900 {
3901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3902 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3903 continue;
3904
3905 if (bl->inserted
3906 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3907 {
3908 if (overlay_debugging
3909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3912 else
3913 return 1;
3914 }
3915 }
3916 return 0;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3920 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3921
3922 int
3923 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3924 {
3925 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3926 return 1;
3927
3928 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3929 return 1;
3930
3931 return 0;
3932 }
3933
3934 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3935 inserted at PC. */
3936
3937 int
3938 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3939 CORE_ADDR pc)
3940 {
3941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3942
3943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3944 {
3945 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3946 continue;
3947
3948 if (bl->inserted
3949 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3950 aspace, pc))
3951 {
3952 if (overlay_debugging
3953 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3954 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3955 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3956 else
3957 return 1;
3958 }
3959 }
3960
3961 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3962 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3963 return 1;
3964
3965 return 0;
3966 }
3967
3968 int
3969 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3970 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3971 {
3972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3973
3974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3975 {
3976 struct bp_location *loc;
3977
3978 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3979 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3980 continue;
3981
3982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3983 continue;
3984
3985 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3986 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3987 {
3988 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3989
3990 /* Check for intersection. */
3991 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3992 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3993 if (l < h)
3994 return 1;
3995 }
3996 }
3997 return 0;
3998 }
3999
4000 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4001 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4002
4003 int
4004 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4005 ptid_t ptid)
4006 {
4007 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4008 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4009 int thread = -1;
4010 int task = 0;
4011
4012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4013 {
4014 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4015 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4016 continue;
4017
4018 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4019 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4020 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4021 continue;
4022
4023 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4024 continue;
4025
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4027 {
4028 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4029 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4030 it is now time to do so. */
4031 if (thread == -1)
4032 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4033 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4034 continue;
4035 }
4036
4037 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4038 {
4039 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4040 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4041 it is now time to do so. */
4042 if (task == 0)
4043 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4044 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4045 continue;
4046 }
4047
4048 if (overlay_debugging
4049 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4050 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4051 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052
4053 return 1;
4054 }
4055
4056 return 0;
4057 }
4058 \f
4059
4060 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4061 in breakpoint.h. */
4062
4063 int
4064 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4065 {
4066 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4070 'next' chain. */
4071
4072 static void
4073 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4074 {
4075 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4076 value_free (bs->old_val);
4077 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4078 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4079 xfree (bs);
4080 }
4081
4082 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4083 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4084
4085 void
4086 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4087 {
4088 bpstat p;
4089 bpstat q;
4090
4091 if (bsp == 0)
4092 return;
4093 p = *bsp;
4094 while (p != NULL)
4095 {
4096 q = p->next;
4097 bpstat_free (p);
4098 p = q;
4099 }
4100 *bsp = NULL;
4101 }
4102
4103 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4104 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4105
4106 bpstat
4107 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4108 {
4109 bpstat p = NULL;
4110 bpstat tmp;
4111 bpstat retval = NULL;
4112
4113 if (bs == NULL)
4114 return bs;
4115
4116 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4117 {
4118 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4119 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4120 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4121 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4122 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4123 {
4124 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4125 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4126 }
4127
4128 if (p == NULL)
4129 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4130 retval = tmp;
4131 else
4132 p->next = tmp;
4133 p = tmp;
4134 }
4135 p->next = NULL;
4136 return retval;
4137 }
4138
4139 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4140
4141 bpstat
4142 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4143 {
4144 if (bsp == NULL)
4145 return NULL;
4146
4147 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4148 {
4149 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4150 return bsp;
4151 }
4152 return NULL;
4153 }
4154
4155 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4156 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4157 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4158 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4159
4160 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4161 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4162 we set it.
4163 Return 1 otherwise. */
4164
4165 int
4166 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4167 {
4168 struct breakpoint *b;
4169
4170 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4171 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4172
4173 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4174 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4175 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4176 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4177 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4178 if (b == NULL)
4179 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4180
4181 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4182 return 1;
4183 }
4184
4185 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4186
4187 void
4188 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4189 {
4190 struct thread_info *tp;
4191 bpstat bs;
4192
4193 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4194 return;
4195
4196 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4197 if (tp == NULL)
4198 return;
4199
4200 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4201 {
4202 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4203
4204 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4205 {
4206 value_free (bs->old_val);
4207 bs->old_val = NULL;
4208 }
4209 }
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4213
4214 static void
4215 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4216 {
4217 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4218 {
4219 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4220
4221 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4222 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4223 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4224 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4225 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4226 return;
4227 }
4228
4229 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4230 }
4231
4232 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4233 command. */
4234 static void
4235 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4236 {
4237 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4238 }
4239
4240 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4241 or its equivalent. */
4242
4243 static int
4244 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4245 {
4246 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4247 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4251 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4252 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4253 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4254
4255 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4256 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4257 bpstat of the current thread. */
4258
4259 static int
4260 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4261 {
4262 bpstat bs;
4263 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4264 int again = 0;
4265
4266 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4267 in bs->commands. */
4268 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4269 return 0;
4270
4271 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4272 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4273
4274 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4275
4276 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4277 bs = *bsp;
4278
4279 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4280 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4281 {
4282 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4283 struct command_line *cmd;
4284 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4285
4286 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4287
4288 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4289 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4290 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4291 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4292 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4293 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4294 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4295 the tree when we're done. */
4296 ccmd = bs->commands;
4297 bs->commands = NULL;
4298 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4299 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4300 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4301 {
4302 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4303 cmd = cmd->next;
4304 }
4305
4306 while (cmd != NULL)
4307 {
4308 execute_control_command (cmd);
4309
4310 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4311 break;
4312 else
4313 cmd = cmd->next;
4314 }
4315
4316 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4317 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4318
4319 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4320 {
4321 if (target_can_async_p ())
4322 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4323 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4324 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4325 ;
4326 else
4327 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4328 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4329 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4330 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4331 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4332 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4333 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4334 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4335 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4336 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4337 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4338 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4339 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4340 again = 1;
4341 break;
4342 }
4343 }
4344 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4345 return again;
4346 }
4347
4348 void
4349 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4350 {
4351 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4352
4353 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4354 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4355 && target_has_execution
4356 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4357 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4358 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4359 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4360 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4361 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4362 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4363 break;
4364
4365 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4366 }
4367
4368 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4369
4370 static void
4371 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4372 {
4373 if (val == NULL)
4374 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4375 else
4376 {
4377 struct value_print_options opts;
4378 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4379 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4380 }
4381 }
4382
4383 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4384 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4385 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4386 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4387 normal_stop(). */
4388
4389 static enum print_stop_action
4390 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4391 {
4392 switch (bs->print_it)
4393 {
4394 case print_it_noop:
4395 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4397 break;
4398
4399 case print_it_done:
4400 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4401 relevant messages. */
4402 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4403 break;
4404
4405 case print_it_normal:
4406 {
4407 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4408
4409 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4410 which has since been deleted. */
4411 if (b == NULL)
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4413
4414 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4415 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4416 }
4417 break;
4418
4419 default:
4420 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4421 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4422 break;
4423 }
4424 }
4425
4426 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4427
4428 static void
4429 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4430 {
4431 int any_deleted
4432 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4433 int any_added
4434 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4435
4436 if (!is_catchpoint)
4437 {
4438 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4439 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4440 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4441 else
4442 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4443 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4444 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4445 }
4446
4447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4448 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4450
4451 if (any_deleted)
4452 {
4453 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4454 char *name;
4455 int ix;
4456
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4458 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4459 "removed");
4460 for (ix = 0;
4461 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4462 ix, name);
4463 ++ix)
4464 {
4465 if (ix > 0)
4466 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4467 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4468 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4469 }
4470
4471 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4472 }
4473
4474 if (any_added)
4475 {
4476 struct so_list *iter;
4477 int ix;
4478 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4479
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4481 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4482 "added");
4483 for (ix = 0;
4484 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4485 ix, iter);
4486 ++ix)
4487 {
4488 if (ix > 0)
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4490 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4492 }
4493
4494 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4495 }
4496 }
4497
4498 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4499 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4500 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4501 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4502 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4503 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4504 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4505 routine is one of:
4506
4507 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4508 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4509 code to print the location. An example is
4510 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4511 the location.
4512 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4513 to also print the location part of the message.
4514 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4515 don't require a location appended to the end.
4516 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4517 further info to be printed. */
4518
4519 enum print_stop_action
4520 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4521 {
4522 int val;
4523
4524 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4525 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4526 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4527 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4528 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4529 {
4530 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4531 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4532 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4533 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4534 return val;
4535 }
4536
4537 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4538 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4539 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4540 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4541 {
4542 print_solib_event (0);
4543 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4544 }
4545
4546 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4547 with and nothing was printed. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4549 }
4550
4551 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4552 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4553 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4554 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4555
4556 static int
4557 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4558 {
4559 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4560 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4561
4562 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4563 return i;
4564 }
4565
4566 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4567
4568 static bpstat
4569 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4570 {
4571 bpstat bs;
4572
4573 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4574 bs->next = NULL;
4575 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4576 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4577 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4578 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4579 incref_bp_location (bl);
4580 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4581 bs->commands = NULL;
4582 bs->old_val = NULL;
4583 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4584 return bs;
4585 }
4586 \f
4587 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4588 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4589
4590 int
4591 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4592 {
4593 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4594 CORE_ADDR addr;
4595 struct breakpoint *b;
4596
4597 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4598 {
4599 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4600 as not triggered. */
4601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4603 {
4604 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4605
4606 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4607 }
4608
4609 return 0;
4610 }
4611
4612 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4613 {
4614 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4615 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4618 {
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4620
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4622 }
4623
4624 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4625 }
4626
4627 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4628 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4629 triggered. */
4630
4631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635 struct bp_location *loc;
4636
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4639 {
4640 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4641 {
4642 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4643 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4644
4645 if (newaddr == start)
4646 {
4647 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4648 break;
4649 }
4650 }
4651 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4652 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4653 addr, loc->address,
4654 loc->length))
4655 {
4656 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4657 break;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661
4662 return 1;
4663 }
4664
4665 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4666 because of check_errors). */
4667 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4668 #define WP_DELETED 1
4669 /* The value has changed. */
4670 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4671 /* The value has not changed. */
4672 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4673 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4674 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4675
4676 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4677 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4678
4679 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4680 changed.
4681
4682 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4683 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4684
4685 static int
4686 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4687 {
4688 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4689 struct watchpoint *b;
4690 struct frame_info *fr;
4691 int within_current_scope;
4692
4693 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4694 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4695 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4696
4697 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4698 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4699 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4700 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4701 return WP_IGNORE;
4702
4703 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4704 within_current_scope = 1;
4705 else
4706 {
4707 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4708 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4709 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4710
4711 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4712 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4713 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4714 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4715 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4716 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4717 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4718 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4719 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4720 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4721 return WP_IGNORE;
4722
4723 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4724 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4725
4726 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4727 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4728 if (within_current_scope)
4729 {
4730 struct symbol *function;
4731
4732 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4733 if (function == NULL
4734 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4735 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4736 within_current_scope = 0;
4737 }
4738
4739 if (within_current_scope)
4740 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4741 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4742 the user. */
4743 select_frame (fr);
4744 }
4745
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4747 {
4748 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4749 time before we return to the command level and call
4750 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4751 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4752
4753 int pc = 0;
4754 struct value *mark;
4755 struct value *new_val;
4756
4757 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4758 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4759 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4760 a mask watchpoint. */
4761 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4762
4763 mark = value_mark ();
4764 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4765
4766 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4767 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4768 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4769 not what we want. */
4770 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4771 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4772 {
4773 if (new_val != NULL)
4774 {
4775 release_value (new_val);
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4777 }
4778 bs->old_val = b->val;
4779 b->val = new_val;
4780 b->val_valid = 1;
4781 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4782 }
4783 else
4784 {
4785 /* Nothing changed. */
4786 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4787 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4788 }
4789 }
4790 else
4791 {
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4793
4794 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4795 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4796 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4797 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4798 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4799 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4800 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4801 the first value assigned). */
4802 /* We print all the stop information in
4803 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4804 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4805 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4806 here. */
4807 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4808 ui_out_field_string
4809 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4810 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4811 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4812 ui_out_text (uiout,
4813 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4814 which its expression is valid.\n");
4815
4816 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4817 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4818 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4819
4820 return WP_DELETED;
4821 }
4822 }
4823
4824 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4825 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4826 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4827
4828 static int
4829 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4830 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4831 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4832 {
4833 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4834
4835 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4836 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4837
4838 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4839 }
4840
4841 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4842 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4843
4844 static void
4845 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4846 {
4847 const struct bp_location *bl;
4848 struct watchpoint *b;
4849
4850 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4851 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4852 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4853 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4855
4856 {
4857 int must_check_value = 0;
4858
4859 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4860 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4861 watched value. */
4862 must_check_value = 1;
4863 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4864 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4865 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4866 this watchpoint. */
4867 must_check_value = 1;
4868 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4869 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4870 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4871 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4872 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4873 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4874 must_check_value = 1;
4875
4876 if (must_check_value)
4877 {
4878 char *message
4879 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4880 b->base.number);
4881 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4882 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4883 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4884 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4885 switch (e)
4886 {
4887 case WP_DELETED:
4888 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4889 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4890 /* Stop. */
4891 break;
4892 case WP_IGNORE:
4893 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4894 bs->stop = 0;
4895 break;
4896 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4897 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4898 {
4899 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4900
4901 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4902 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4903 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4904 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4905 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4906 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4907 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4908 old value.
4909
4910 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4911 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4912 happen:
4913
4914 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4915 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4916 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4917 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4918
4919 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4920 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4921 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4922 watchpoint.
4923
4924 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4925 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4926 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4927 changes. This still gives false positives when
4928 the program writes the same value to memory as
4929 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4930 it for a read), but it's much better than
4931 nothing. */
4932
4933 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4934
4935 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4936 {
4937 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4938
4939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4940 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4941 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4942 {
4943 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4944 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4945
4946 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4947 == watch_triggered_yes)
4948 {
4949 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4950 break;
4951 }
4952 }
4953 }
4954
4955 if (other_write_watchpoint
4956 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4957 {
4958 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4959 and the value changed since the last time we
4960 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4961 Ignore it. */
4962 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4963 bs->stop = 0;
4964 }
4965 }
4966 break;
4967 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4968 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4969 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4970 {
4971 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4972 the value hasn't changed. */
4973 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4974 bs->stop = 0;
4975 }
4976 /* Stop. */
4977 break;
4978 default:
4979 /* Can't happen. */
4980 case 0:
4981 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4982 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4986 break;
4987 }
4988 }
4989 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4990 {
4991 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4992 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4993 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4994 anything for this watchpoint. */
4995 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4996 bs->stop = 0;
4997 }
4998 }
4999 }
5000
5001
5002 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5003 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5004 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5005
5006 static void
5007 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5008 {
5009 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5010 const struct bp_location *bl;
5011 struct breakpoint *b;
5012
5013 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5014 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5015 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5016 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5017 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5018
5019 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5020 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5021 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5022
5023 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5024 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5025 bs->stop = 0;
5026 else if (bs->stop)
5027 {
5028 int value_is_zero = 0;
5029 struct expression *cond;
5030
5031 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5032 method implemented. */
5033 if (b->py_bp_object)
5034 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5035
5036 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5037 {
5038 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5039
5040 cond = w->cond_exp;
5041 }
5042 else
5043 cond = bl->cond;
5044
5045 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5046 {
5047 int within_current_scope = 1;
5048 struct watchpoint * w;
5049
5050 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5051 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5052 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5053 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5054 function call. */
5055 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5056
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5058 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5059 else
5060 w = NULL;
5061
5062 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5063 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5064 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5065 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5066 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5067 call site. */
5068 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5069 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5070 else
5071 {
5072 struct frame_info *frame;
5073
5074 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5075 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5076 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5077 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5078 really matter which instantiation of the function
5079 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5080 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5081 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5082 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5083 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5084 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5085 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5086 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5087 intuitive. */
5088 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5089 if (frame != NULL)
5090 select_frame (frame);
5091 else
5092 within_current_scope = 0;
5093 }
5094 if (within_current_scope)
5095 value_is_zero
5096 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5097 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5098 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5099 else
5100 {
5101 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5102 "in the current scope"));
5103 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5104 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5105 value_is_zero = 0;
5106 }
5107 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5109 }
5110
5111 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5112 {
5113 bs->stop = 0;
5114 }
5115 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5116 {
5117 bs->stop = 0;
5118 }
5119 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5120 {
5121 b->ignore_count--;
5122 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5123 bs->stop = 0;
5124 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5125 ++(b->hit_count);
5126 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5127 }
5128 }
5129 }
5130
5131
5132 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5133 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5134
5135 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5136 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5137 that:
5138
5139 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5140
5141 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5142
5143 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5144 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5145 several reasons concurrently.)
5146
5147 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5148 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5149
5150 bpstat
5151 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5152 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5154 {
5155 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5156 struct bp_location *bl;
5157 struct bp_location *loc;
5158 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5159 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5160 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5161 bpstat bs;
5162 int ix;
5163 int need_remove_insert;
5164 int removed_any;
5165
5166 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5167 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5168 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5169 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5170 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5171 inferior function calls. */
5172
5173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5174 {
5175 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5176 continue;
5177
5178 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5179 {
5180 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5181 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5182 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5183 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5184 checked all locations already. */
5185 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5186 break;
5187
5188 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5189 continue;
5190
5191 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5192 continue;
5193
5194 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5195 matches. */
5196
5197 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5198 explain stop. */
5199
5200 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5201 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5202 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5203 bs->stop = 1;
5204 bs->print = 1;
5205
5206 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5207 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5208 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5209 iteration. */
5210 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5211 {
5212 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5213
5214 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 }
5218
5219 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5220 {
5221 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5222 {
5223 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5224 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5225 bs->stop = 0;
5226 bs->print = 0;
5227 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5228 }
5229 }
5230
5231 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5232 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5233 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5234 "catch unload". */
5235 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5236 {
5237 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5238 {
5239 handle_solib_event ();
5240 break;
5241 }
5242 }
5243
5244 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5245 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5246 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5247
5248 removed_any = 0;
5249
5250 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5251 {
5252 if (!bs->stop)
5253 continue;
5254
5255 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5256 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5257 if (bs->stop)
5258 {
5259 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5260
5261 if (bs->stop)
5262 {
5263 ++(b->hit_count);
5264 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5265
5266 /* We will stop here. */
5267 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5268 {
5269 --(b->enable_count);
5270 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5271 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5272 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5273 removed_any = 1;
5274 }
5275 if (b->silent)
5276 bs->print = 0;
5277 bs->commands = b->commands;
5278 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5279 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5280 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5281 bs->print = 0;
5282 }
5283
5284 }
5285
5286 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5287 print. */
5288 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5289 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5290 }
5291
5292 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5293 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5294 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5295 done later. */
5296 need_remove_insert = 0;
5297 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5298 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5299 if (!bs->stop
5300 && bs->breakpoint_at
5301 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5302 {
5303 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5304
5305 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5306 need_remove_insert = 1;
5307 }
5308
5309 if (need_remove_insert)
5310 update_global_location_list (1);
5311 else if (removed_any)
5312 update_global_location_list (0);
5313
5314 return bs_head;
5315 }
5316
5317 static void
5318 handle_jit_event (void)
5319 {
5320 struct frame_info *frame;
5321 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5322
5323 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5324 breakpoint_re_set. */
5325 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5326
5327 frame = get_current_frame ();
5328 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5329
5330 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5331
5332 target_terminal_inferior ();
5333 }
5334
5335 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5336
5337 void
5338 handle_solib_event (void)
5339 {
5340 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5341
5342 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5343 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5344 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5346 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5347 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5348 #else
5349 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5350 #endif
5351 target_terminal_inferior ();
5352 }
5353
5354 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5355
5356 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5357
5358 struct bpstat_what
5359 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5360 {
5361 struct bpstat_what retval;
5362 int jit_event = 0;
5363 bpstat bs;
5364
5365 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5366 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5367 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5368
5369 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5370 {
5371 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5372 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5373 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5374 enum bptype bptype;
5375
5376 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5377 {
5378 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5379 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5380 bptype = bp_none;
5381 }
5382 else
5383 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5384
5385 switch (bptype)
5386 {
5387 case bp_none:
5388 break;
5389 case bp_breakpoint:
5390 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5391 case bp_until:
5392 case bp_finish:
5393 case bp_shlib_event:
5394 if (bs->stop)
5395 {
5396 if (bs->print)
5397 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5398 else
5399 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5400 }
5401 else
5402 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5403 break;
5404 case bp_watchpoint:
5405 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5406 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5407 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5408 if (bs->stop)
5409 {
5410 if (bs->print)
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5412 else
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 {
5417 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5418 This requires no further action. */
5419 }
5420 break;
5421 case bp_longjmp:
5422 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5423 case bp_exception:
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5425 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5426 break;
5427 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5428 case bp_exception_resume:
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5430 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5431 break;
5432 case bp_step_resume:
5433 if (bs->stop)
5434 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5435 else
5436 {
5437 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5439 }
5440 break;
5441 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5442 if (bs->stop)
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5444 else
5445 {
5446 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5448 }
5449 break;
5450 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5451 case bp_thread_event:
5452 case bp_overlay_event:
5453 case bp_longjmp_master:
5454 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5455 case bp_exception_master:
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5457 break;
5458 case bp_catchpoint:
5459 if (bs->stop)
5460 {
5461 if (bs->print)
5462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5463 else
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5465 }
5466 else
5467 {
5468 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5469 This requires no further action. */
5470 }
5471 break;
5472 case bp_jit_event:
5473 jit_event = 1;
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5475 break;
5476 case bp_call_dummy:
5477 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5478 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5479 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5481 break;
5482 case bp_std_terminate:
5483 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5484 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5485 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5487 break;
5488 case bp_tracepoint:
5489 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5490 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5491 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5492 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5493 out already. */
5494 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5495 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5496 break;
5497 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5498 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5500 break;
5501 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5502 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5503 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5505 break;
5506
5507 case bp_dprintf:
5508 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5509 break;
5510
5511 default:
5512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5513 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5514 }
5515
5516 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5517 }
5518
5519 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5520 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5521
5522 if (jit_event)
5523 {
5524 if (debug_infrun)
5525 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5526
5527 handle_jit_event ();
5528 }
5529
5530 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5531 {
5532 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5533
5534 if (b == NULL)
5535 continue;
5536 switch (b->type)
5537 {
5538 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5539 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5540 break;
5541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5542 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5543 break;
5544 }
5545 }
5546
5547 return retval;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5551 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5552 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5553
5554 int
5555 bpstat_should_step (void)
5556 {
5557 struct breakpoint *b;
5558
5559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5560 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5561 return 1;
5562 return 0;
5563 }
5564
5565 int
5566 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5567 {
5568 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5569 if (bs->stop)
5570 return 1;
5571
5572 return 0;
5573 }
5574
5575 \f
5576
5577 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5578 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5579 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5580
5581 static char *
5582 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5583 {
5584 static char wrap_indent[80];
5585 int i, total_width, width, align;
5586 char *text;
5587
5588 total_width = 0;
5589 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5590 {
5591 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5592 {
5593 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5594 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5595 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5596
5597 return wrap_indent;
5598 }
5599
5600 total_width += width + 1;
5601 }
5602
5603 return NULL;
5604 }
5605
5606 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5607 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5608
5609 "host": Host evals condition.
5610 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5611 "target": Target evals condition.
5612 */
5613
5614 static const char *
5615 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5616 {
5617 struct bp_location *bl;
5618 char host_evals = 0;
5619 char target_evals = 0;
5620
5621 if (!b)
5622 return NULL;
5623
5624 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5625 return NULL;
5626
5627 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5628 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5629 return condition_evaluation_host;
5630
5631 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5632 {
5633 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5634 target_evals++;
5635 else
5636 host_evals++;
5637 }
5638
5639 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5640 return condition_evaluation_both;
5641 else if (target_evals)
5642 return condition_evaluation_target;
5643 else
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5645 }
5646
5647 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5648 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5649
5650 static const char *
5651 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5652 {
5653 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5654 return NULL;
5655
5656 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5657 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5659
5660 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target;
5662 else
5663 return condition_evaluation_host;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5667
5668 static void
5669 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5670 struct bp_location *loc)
5671 {
5672 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5673 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5674
5675 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5676 loc = NULL;
5677
5678 if (loc != NULL)
5679 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5680
5681 if (b->display_canonical)
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5683 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5684 {
5685 struct symbol *sym
5686 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5687 if (sym)
5688 {
5689 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5691 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5692 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5693 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5694 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5695 }
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5697 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5698
5699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5700 {
5701 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5702 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5703
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5705 }
5706
5707 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5708 }
5709 else if (loc)
5710 {
5711 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5712 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5713
5714 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5715 demangle, "");
5716 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5717
5718 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5719 }
5720 else
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5722
5723 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5724 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5725 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5726 {
5727 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5729 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5730 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5731 }
5732
5733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5734 }
5735
5736 static const char *
5737 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5738 {
5739 struct ep_type_description
5740 {
5741 enum bptype type;
5742 char *description;
5743 };
5744 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5745 {
5746 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5747 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5748 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5749 {bp_until, "until"},
5750 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5751 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5752 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5753 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5754 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5755 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5756 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5757 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5758 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5759 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5760 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5761 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5763 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5764 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5765 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5766 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5767 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5769 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5770 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5771 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5772 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5773 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5774 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5775 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5776 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5777 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5778 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5779 };
5780
5781 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5782 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5784 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5785 (int) type);
5786
5787 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5788 }
5789
5790 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5791
5792 static void
5793 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5794 struct bp_location *loc,
5795 int loc_number,
5796 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5797 int allflag)
5798 {
5799 struct command_line *l;
5800 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5801
5802 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5803 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5804 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5805 struct value_print_options opts;
5806
5807 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5808
5809 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5810 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5811 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5812 if (loc == NULL
5813 && (b->loc != NULL
5814 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5815 header_of_multiple = 1;
5816 if (loc == NULL)
5817 loc = b->loc;
5818
5819 annotate_record ();
5820
5821 /* 1 */
5822 annotate_field (0);
5823 if (part_of_multiple)
5824 {
5825 char *formatted;
5826 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5827 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5828 xfree (formatted);
5829 }
5830 else
5831 {
5832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5833 }
5834
5835 /* 2 */
5836 annotate_field (1);
5837 if (part_of_multiple)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5839 else
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5841
5842 /* 3 */
5843 annotate_field (2);
5844 if (part_of_multiple)
5845 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5846 else
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5848
5849
5850 /* 4 */
5851 annotate_field (3);
5852 if (part_of_multiple)
5853 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5854 else
5855 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5856 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5857 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5858
5859
5860 /* 5 and 6 */
5861 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5862 {
5863 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5864 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5865 make sure there's just one location. */
5866 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5867 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5868 }
5869 else
5870 switch (b->type)
5871 {
5872 case bp_none:
5873 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5874 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5875 break;
5876
5877 case bp_watchpoint:
5878 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5879 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5880 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5881 {
5882 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5883
5884 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5885 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5886 is relatively readable). */
5887 if (opts.addressprint)
5888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5889 annotate_field (5);
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5891 }
5892 break;
5893
5894 case bp_breakpoint:
5895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5896 case bp_until:
5897 case bp_finish:
5898 case bp_longjmp:
5899 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5900 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5901 case bp_exception:
5902 case bp_exception_resume:
5903 case bp_step_resume:
5904 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5905 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5906 case bp_call_dummy:
5907 case bp_std_terminate:
5908 case bp_shlib_event:
5909 case bp_thread_event:
5910 case bp_overlay_event:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5913 case bp_exception_master:
5914 case bp_tracepoint:
5915 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5916 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5917 case bp_dprintf:
5918 case bp_jit_event:
5919 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5921 if (opts.addressprint)
5922 {
5923 annotate_field (4);
5924 if (header_of_multiple)
5925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5926 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5928 else
5929 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5930 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5931 }
5932 annotate_field (5);
5933 if (!header_of_multiple)
5934 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5935 if (b->loc)
5936 *last_loc = b->loc;
5937 break;
5938 }
5939
5940
5941 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5942 are several. */
5943 if (loc != NULL
5944 && !header_of_multiple
5945 && (allflag
5946 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5947 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5948 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5949 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5950 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5951 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5952 {
5953 struct inferior *inf;
5954 int first = 1;
5955
5956 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5957 {
5958 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5959 {
5960 if (first)
5961 {
5962 first = 0;
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5964 }
5965 else
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5968 }
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 if (!part_of_multiple)
5973 {
5974 if (b->thread != -1)
5975 {
5976 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5977 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5978 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5979 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5980 }
5981 else if (b->task != 0)
5982 {
5983 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5985 }
5986 }
5987
5988 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5989
5990 if (!part_of_multiple)
5991 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5992
5993 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5994 {
5995 annotate_field (6);
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5997 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5998 the frame ID. */
5999 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6000 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6002 }
6003
6004 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6005 {
6006 annotate_field (7);
6007 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6009 else
6010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6012
6013 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6014 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6015 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6016 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6017 == condition_evaluation_target)
6018 {
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6021 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6022 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6023 }
6024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6025 }
6026
6027 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6028 {
6029 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6033 }
6034
6035 if (!part_of_multiple)
6036 {
6037 if (b->hit_count)
6038 {
6039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6040 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6042 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6044 else
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6048 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6049 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6050 else
6051 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6052 }
6053 else
6054 {
6055 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6058 }
6059 }
6060
6061 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6062 {
6063 annotate_field (8);
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6067 }
6068
6069 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6070 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6071 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6072 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6073 {
6074 annotate_field (8);
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6076 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6077 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6078 if (b->ignore_count)
6079 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6080 else
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6084 }
6085
6086 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6087 {
6088 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6089
6090 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6091 {
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6095 }
6096 }
6097
6098 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6099 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6100 {
6101 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6102
6103 annotate_field (9);
6104 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6105 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6106 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6107 }
6108
6109 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6110 {
6111 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6112
6113 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6114 {
6115 annotate_field (10);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6122 pending. */
6123 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6124 {
6125 annotate_field (11);
6126
6127 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6129 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6130 else
6131 {
6132 if (loc->inserted)
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6134 else
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6137 }
6138 }
6139 }
6140
6141 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6142 {
6143 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6144 {
6145 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6146
6147 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6148 }
6149 else if (b->addr_string)
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 static void
6155 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6156 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6157 int allflag)
6158 {
6159 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6160 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6161
6162 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6163
6164 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6165 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6166
6167 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6168 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6169 locations, if any. */
6170 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6171 {
6172 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6173 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6174 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6175 situation.
6176
6177 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6178 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6179 if (b->loc
6180 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6181 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6182 {
6183 struct bp_location *loc;
6184 int n = 1;
6185
6186 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6187 {
6188 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6189 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6190 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6191 do_cleanups (inner2);
6192 }
6193 }
6194 }
6195 }
6196
6197 static int
6198 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6199 {
6200 int print_address_bits = 0;
6201 struct bp_location *loc;
6202
6203 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6204 {
6205 int addr_bit;
6206
6207 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6208 an address to print. */
6209 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6210 continue;
6211
6212 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6213 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6214 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6215 }
6216
6217 return print_address_bits;
6218 }
6219
6220 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6221 {
6222 int bnum;
6223 };
6224
6225 static int
6226 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6227 {
6228 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6229 struct breakpoint *b;
6230 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6231
6232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6233 {
6234 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6235 {
6236 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6237 return GDB_RC_OK;
6238 }
6239 }
6240 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6241 }
6242
6243 enum gdb_rc
6244 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6245 char **error_message)
6246 {
6247 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6248
6249 args.bnum = bnum;
6250 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6251 an error. */
6252 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6253 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6254 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6255 else
6256 return GDB_RC_OK;
6257 }
6258
6259 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6260 internal or momentary. */
6261
6262 int
6263 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6264 {
6265 return b->number > 0;
6266 }
6267
6268 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6269 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6270 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6271 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6272 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6273 breakpoints listed. */
6274
6275 static int
6276 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6277 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6278 {
6279 struct breakpoint *b;
6280 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6281 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6282 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6283 struct value_print_options opts;
6284 int print_address_bits = 0;
6285 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6286 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6287
6288 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6289
6290 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6291 required for address fields. */
6292 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6294 {
6295 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6296 if (filter && !filter (b))
6297 continue;
6298
6299 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6300 accept. Skip the others. */
6301 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6302 {
6303 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6304 continue;
6305 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6306 continue;
6307 }
6308
6309 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6310 {
6311 int addr_bit, type_len;
6312
6313 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6314 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6315 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6316
6317 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6318 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6319 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6320
6321 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6322 }
6323 }
6324
6325 if (opts.addressprint)
6326 bkpttbl_chain
6327 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6328 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6329 "BreakpointTable");
6330 else
6331 bkpttbl_chain
6332 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6333 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6334 "BreakpointTable");
6335
6336 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6337 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6338 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6339 annotate_field (0);
6340 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6341 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6342 annotate_field (1);
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6344 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6345 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6346 annotate_field (2);
6347 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6348 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6349 annotate_field (3);
6350 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6351 if (opts.addressprint)
6352 {
6353 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6354 annotate_field (4);
6355 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6356 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6357 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6358 else
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6360 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6361 }
6362 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6363 annotate_field (5);
6364 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6365 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6366 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6367 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6368
6369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6370 {
6371 QUIT;
6372 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6373 if (filter && !filter (b))
6374 continue;
6375
6376 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6377 accept. Skip the others. */
6378
6379 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6380 {
6381 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6382 {
6383 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6384 continue;
6385 }
6386 else /* all others */
6387 {
6388 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6389 continue;
6390 }
6391 }
6392 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6393 allflag is set. */
6394 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6395 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6396 }
6397
6398 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6399
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6401 {
6402 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6403 empty list. */
6404 if (!filter)
6405 {
6406 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6407 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6408 else
6409 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6410 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6411 args);
6412 }
6413 }
6414 else
6415 {
6416 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6417 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6418 }
6419
6420 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6421 there have been breakpoints? */
6422 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6423
6424 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6425 }
6426
6427 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6428 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6429
6430 static void
6431 default_collect_info (void)
6432 {
6433 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6434
6435 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6436 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6437 not wanted. */
6438 if (!*default_collect)
6439 return;
6440
6441 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6442 actions. */
6443 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6444 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6445 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6446 }
6447
6448 static void
6449 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6450 {
6451 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6452
6453 default_collect_info ();
6454 }
6455
6456 static void
6457 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6458 {
6459 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6460 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6461
6462 if (num_printed == 0)
6463 {
6464 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6465 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6466 else
6467 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6468 }
6469 }
6470
6471 static void
6472 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6473 {
6474 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6475
6476 default_collect_info ();
6477 }
6478
6479 static int
6480 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6481 struct program_space *pspace,
6482 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6483 {
6484 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6485
6486 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6487 {
6488 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6489 && bl->address == pc
6490 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6491 return 1;
6492 }
6493 return 0;
6494 }
6495
6496 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6497 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6498 address spaces. */
6499
6500 static void
6501 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6502 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6503 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6504 {
6505 int others = 0;
6506 struct breakpoint *b;
6507
6508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6509 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6510 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6511 if (others > 0)
6512 {
6513 if (others == 1)
6514 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6515 else /* if (others == ???) */
6516 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6518 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6519 {
6520 others--;
6521 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6522 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6523 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6524 else if (b->thread != -1)
6525 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6526 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6527 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6528 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6529 ? " (disabled)"
6530 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6531 ? " (permanent)"
6532 : ""),
6533 (others > 1) ? ","
6534 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6535 }
6536 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6537 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6538 printf_filtered (".\n");
6539 }
6540 }
6541 \f
6542
6543 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6544 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6545 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6546 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6547
6548 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6549 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6550 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6551 breakpoint at address zero:
6552
6553 bp_watchpoint
6554 bp_catchpoint
6555
6556 */
6557
6558 static int
6559 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6560 {
6561 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6562
6563 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6567 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6568
6569 static int
6570 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6571 struct bp_location *loc2)
6572 {
6573 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6574 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6575
6576 /* Both of them must exist. */
6577 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6578 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6579
6580 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6581 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6582 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6583 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6584 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6585 other watchpoint. */
6586 if ((w1->cond_exp
6587 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6588 loc1->length,
6589 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6590 w1->cond_exp))
6591 || (w2->cond_exp
6592 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6593 loc2->length,
6594 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6595 w2->cond_exp)))
6596 return 0;
6597
6598 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6599 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6600 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6601 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6602 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6603 become hw_access locations later. */
6604 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6605 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6606 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6607 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6608 }
6609
6610 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6611 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6612 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6613 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6614
6615 static int
6616 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6617 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6618 {
6619 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6620 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6621 && addr1 == addr2);
6622 }
6623
6624 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6625 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6626 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6627 space doesn't really matter. */
6628
6629 static int
6630 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6631 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6632 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6633 {
6634 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6635 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6636 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6637 }
6638
6639 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6640 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6641 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6642 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6643
6644 static int
6645 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6646 struct address_space *aspace,
6647 CORE_ADDR addr)
6648 {
6649 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6650 aspace, addr)
6651 || (bl->length
6652 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6653 bl->address, bl->length,
6654 aspace, addr)));
6655 }
6656
6657 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6658 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6659 true, otherwise returns false. */
6660
6661 static int
6662 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6663 struct bp_location *loc2)
6664 {
6665 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6666 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6667 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6668 different locations. */
6669 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6670 else
6671 return 0;
6672 }
6673
6674 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6675 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6676 represent the same location. */
6677
6678 static int
6679 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6680 struct bp_location *loc2)
6681 {
6682 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6683
6684 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6685 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6686 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6687
6688 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6689 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6690
6691 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6692 return 0;
6693 else if (hw_point1)
6694 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6695 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6696 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6697 else
6698 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6699 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6700 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6701 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6702 }
6703
6704 static void
6705 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6706 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6707 {
6708 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6709 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6710 char astr1[64];
6711 char astr2[64];
6712
6713 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6714 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6715 if (have_bnum)
6716 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6717 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6718 else
6719 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6720 }
6721
6722 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6723 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6724 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6725 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6726
6727 static CORE_ADDR
6728 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6729 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6730 {
6731 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6732 {
6733 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6734 return bpaddr;
6735 }
6736 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6737 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6738 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6739 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6740 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6741 {
6742 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6743 have their addresses modified. */
6744 return bpaddr;
6745 }
6746 else
6747 {
6748 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6749
6750 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6751 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6752 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6753
6754 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6755 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6756 is required. */
6757 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6758 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6759
6760 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6761 }
6762 }
6763
6764 void
6765 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6766 struct breakpoint *owner)
6767 {
6768 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6769
6770 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6771
6772 loc->ops = ops;
6773 loc->owner = owner;
6774 loc->cond = NULL;
6775 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6776 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6777 loc->enabled = 1;
6778
6779 switch (owner->type)
6780 {
6781 case bp_breakpoint:
6782 case bp_until:
6783 case bp_finish:
6784 case bp_longjmp:
6785 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6786 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6787 case bp_exception:
6788 case bp_exception_resume:
6789 case bp_step_resume:
6790 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6791 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6792 case bp_call_dummy:
6793 case bp_std_terminate:
6794 case bp_shlib_event:
6795 case bp_thread_event:
6796 case bp_overlay_event:
6797 case bp_jit_event:
6798 case bp_longjmp_master:
6799 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6800 case bp_exception_master:
6801 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6802 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6803 case bp_dprintf:
6804 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6805 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6806 break;
6807 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6808 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6809 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6810 break;
6811 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6812 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6813 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6814 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6815 break;
6816 case bp_watchpoint:
6817 case bp_catchpoint:
6818 case bp_tracepoint:
6819 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6820 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6821 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6822 break;
6823 default:
6824 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6825 }
6826
6827 loc->refc = 1;
6828 }
6829
6830 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6831
6832 static struct bp_location *
6833 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6834 {
6835 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6836 }
6837
6838 static void
6839 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6840 {
6841 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6842 xfree (loc);
6843 }
6844
6845 /* Increment reference count. */
6846
6847 static void
6848 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6849 {
6850 ++bl->refc;
6851 }
6852
6853 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6854 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6858 {
6859 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6860
6861 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6862 free_bp_location (*blp);
6863 *blp = NULL;
6864 }
6865
6866 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6867
6868 static void
6869 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6870 {
6871 struct breakpoint *b1;
6872
6873 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6874 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6875
6876 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6877 if (b1 == 0)
6878 breakpoint_chain = b;
6879 else
6880 {
6881 while (b1->next)
6882 b1 = b1->next;
6883 b1->next = b;
6884 }
6885 }
6886
6887 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6888
6889 static void
6890 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6891 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6892 enum bptype bptype,
6893 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6894 {
6895 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6896
6897 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6898
6899 b->ops = ops;
6900 b->type = bptype;
6901 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6902 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6903 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6904 b->thread = -1;
6905 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6906 b->next = 0;
6907 b->silent = 0;
6908 b->ignore_count = 0;
6909 b->commands = NULL;
6910 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6911 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6912 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6913 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6914 }
6915
6916 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6917 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6918
6919 static struct breakpoint *
6920 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6921 enum bptype bptype,
6922 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6923 {
6924 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6925
6926 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6927 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6928 return b;
6929 }
6930
6931 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6932 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6933 enough. */
6934
6935 static void
6936 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6937 {
6938 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6939
6940 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6941 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6942 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6943 {
6944 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6945 const char *function_name;
6946 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6947
6948 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6949 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6950
6951 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6952 {
6953 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6954
6955 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6956 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6957 &loc->requested_address))
6958 {
6959 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6960 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6961 loc->requested_address,
6962 b->type);
6963 }
6964 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6965 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6966 {
6967 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6968 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6969 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6970 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6971 breakpoint. */
6972 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6973 }
6974 }
6975
6976 if (function_name)
6977 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6978 }
6979 }
6980
6981 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6982 struct gdbarch *
6983 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6984 {
6985 if (sal.section)
6986 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6987 if (sal.symtab)
6988 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6989
6990 return NULL;
6991 }
6992
6993 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6994 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6995 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6996
6997 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6998 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6999 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7000
7001 static void
7002 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7003 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7004 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7005 {
7006 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7007
7008 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7009
7010 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7011 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7012
7013 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7014 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7015 program space. */
7016 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7017 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7018
7019 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7020 }
7021
7022 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7023 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7024 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7025 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7026 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7027 is also returned as the value of this function.
7028
7029 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7030 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7031 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7032 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7033 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7034 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7035 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7036
7037 struct breakpoint *
7038 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7039 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7040 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7041 {
7042 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7043
7044 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7045 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7046 return b;
7047 }
7048
7049
7050 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7051 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7052 void
7053 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7054 {
7055 struct bp_location *bl;
7056
7057 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7058
7059 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7060 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7061 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7062 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7063 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7064 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7065 bl->inserted = 1;
7066 }
7067
7068 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7069 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7070 initiated the operation. */
7071
7072 void
7073 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7074 {
7075 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7076 int thread = tp->num;
7077
7078 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7079 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7080 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7081 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7083 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7084 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7085 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7086 {
7087 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7088 struct breakpoint *clone;
7089
7090 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7091 after their removal. */
7092 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7093 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7094 clone->thread = thread;
7095 }
7096
7097 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7098 }
7099
7100 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7101 void
7102 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7103 {
7104 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7105
7106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7107 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7108 {
7109 if (b->thread == thread)
7110 delete_breakpoint (b);
7111 }
7112 }
7113
7114 void
7115 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7116 {
7117 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7118
7119 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7120 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7121 {
7122 if (b->thread == thread)
7123 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7124 }
7125 }
7126
7127 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7128 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7129 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7130 breakpoints. */
7131
7132 struct breakpoint *
7133 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7134 {
7135 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7136
7137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7138 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7139 {
7140 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7141
7142 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7143 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7144 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7145
7146 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7147
7148 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7149 if (retval == NULL)
7150 retval = new_b;
7151 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7152 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7153 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7154 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7155 }
7156
7157 return retval;
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7161 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7162 stack.
7163
7164 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7165 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7166 frames. */
7167
7168 void
7169 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7170 {
7171 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7172
7173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7174 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7175 {
7176 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7177
7178 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7179 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7180 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7181 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7182 continue;
7183
7184 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7185
7186 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7187 {
7188 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7189 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7190 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7191 }
7192 delete_breakpoint (b);
7193 }
7194 }
7195
7196 void
7197 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7198 {
7199 struct breakpoint *b;
7200
7201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7202 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7203 {
7204 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7205 update_global_location_list (1);
7206 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7207 }
7208 }
7209
7210 void
7211 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7212 {
7213 struct breakpoint *b;
7214
7215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7216 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7217 {
7218 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7219 update_global_location_list (0);
7220 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7221 }
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7225 master breakpoint. */
7226 void
7227 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7228 {
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7233 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7234 {
7235 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7236 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7237 }
7238 }
7239
7240 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7241 void
7242 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7243 {
7244 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7245
7246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7247 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7248 delete_breakpoint (b);
7249 }
7250
7251 struct breakpoint *
7252 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7253 {
7254 struct breakpoint *b;
7255
7256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7257 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7258
7259 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7260 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7261 b->addr_string
7262 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7263
7264 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7265
7266 return b;
7267 }
7268
7269 void
7270 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7271 {
7272 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7273
7274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7275 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7276 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7277 delete_breakpoint (b);
7278 }
7279
7280 struct lang_and_radix
7281 {
7282 enum language lang;
7283 int radix;
7284 };
7285
7286 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7287
7288 struct breakpoint *
7289 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7290 {
7291 struct breakpoint *b;
7292
7293 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7294 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7295 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7296 return b;
7297 }
7298
7299 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7300
7301 void
7302 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7303 {
7304 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7305
7306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7307 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7308 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7309 delete_breakpoint (b);
7310 }
7311
7312 void
7313 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7314 {
7315 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7316
7317 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7318 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7319 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7320 delete_breakpoint (b);
7321 }
7322
7323 struct breakpoint *
7324 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7325 {
7326 struct breakpoint *b;
7327
7328 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7329 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7330 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7331 return b;
7332 }
7333
7334 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7335 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7336
7337 void
7338 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7339 {
7340 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7341
7342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7343 {
7344 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7345 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7346
7347 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7348 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7349 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7350 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7351 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7352 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7353 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7354 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7355 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7356 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7357 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7358 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7359 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7360 #else
7361 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7362 #endif
7363 )
7364 {
7365 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7366 }
7367 }
7368 }
7369
7370 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7371 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7372 disabled. */
7373
7374 static void
7375 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7376 {
7377 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7378 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7379
7380 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7381 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7382 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7383 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7384 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7385 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7386 return;
7387
7388 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7389 {
7390 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7391 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7392
7393 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7394 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7395 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7396 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7397 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7398 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7399 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7400 || is_tracepoint (b))
7401 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7402 {
7403 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7404 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7405 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7406 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7407 loc->inserted = 0;
7408
7409 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7411
7412 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7413 {
7414 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7415 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7416 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7417 solib->so_name);
7418 }
7419 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7420 }
7421 }
7422 }
7423
7424 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7425
7426 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7427 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7428 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7429 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7430 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7431
7432 struct fork_catchpoint
7433 {
7434 /* The base class. */
7435 struct breakpoint base;
7436
7437 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7438 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7439 catchpoint has triggered. */
7440 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7441 };
7442
7443 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7444 catchpoints. */
7445
7446 static int
7447 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7448 {
7449 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7450 }
7451
7452 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7453 catchpoints. */
7454
7455 static int
7456 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7457 {
7458 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7459 }
7460
7461 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7462 catchpoints. */
7463
7464 static int
7465 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7466 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7467 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7468 {
7469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7470
7471 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7472 return 0;
7473
7474 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7475 return 1;
7476 }
7477
7478 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7479 catchpoints. */
7480
7481 static enum print_stop_action
7482 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7483 {
7484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7485 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7486 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7487
7488 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7489 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7490 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7491 else
7492 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7493 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7494 {
7495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7497 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7498 }
7499 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7500 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7501 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7502 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7503 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7504 }
7505
7506 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7507 catchpoints. */
7508
7509 static void
7510 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7511 {
7512 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7513 struct value_print_options opts;
7514 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7515
7516 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7517
7518 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7519 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7520 readable). */
7521 if (opts.addressprint)
7522 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7523 annotate_field (5);
7524 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7525 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7526 {
7527 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7528 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7529 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7530 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7531 }
7532 }
7533
7534 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7535 catchpoints. */
7536
7537 static void
7538 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7539 {
7540 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7541 }
7542
7543 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7544 catchpoints. */
7545
7546 static void
7547 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7548 {
7549 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7550 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7551 }
7552
7553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7554
7555 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7556
7557 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7558 catchpoints. */
7559
7560 static int
7561 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7562 {
7563 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7564 }
7565
7566 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7567 catchpoints. */
7568
7569 static int
7570 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7571 {
7572 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7573 }
7574
7575 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7576 catchpoints. */
7577
7578 static int
7579 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7580 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7581 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7582 {
7583 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7584
7585 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7586 return 0;
7587
7588 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7589 return 1;
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7593 catchpoints. */
7594
7595 static enum print_stop_action
7596 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7597 {
7598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7599 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7600 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7601
7602 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7603 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7604 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7605 else
7606 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7607 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7608 {
7609 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7610 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7611 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7612 }
7613 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7614 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7615 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7616 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7617 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7618 }
7619
7620 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7621 catchpoints. */
7622
7623 static void
7624 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7625 {
7626 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7627 struct value_print_options opts;
7628 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7629
7630 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7631 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7632 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7633 readable). */
7634 if (opts.addressprint)
7635 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7636 annotate_field (5);
7637 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7638 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7639 {
7640 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7641 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7642 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7643 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7644 }
7645 }
7646
7647 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7648 catchpoints. */
7649
7650 static void
7651 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7652 {
7653 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7654 }
7655
7656 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7657 catchpoints. */
7658
7659 static void
7660 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7661 {
7662 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7663 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7664 }
7665
7666 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7667
7668 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7669
7670 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7671 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7672 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7673 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7674 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7675
7676 struct solib_catchpoint
7677 {
7678 /* The base class. */
7679 struct breakpoint base;
7680
7681 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7682 unsigned char is_load;
7683
7684 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7685 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7686 char *regex;
7687 regex_t compiled;
7688 };
7689
7690 static void
7691 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7692 {
7693 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7694
7695 if (self->regex)
7696 regfree (&self->compiled);
7697 xfree (self->regex);
7698
7699 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7700 }
7701
7702 static int
7703 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7704 {
7705 return 0;
7706 }
7707
7708 static int
7709 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7710 {
7711 return 0;
7712 }
7713
7714 static int
7715 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7716 struct address_space *aspace,
7717 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7718 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7719 {
7720 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7721 struct breakpoint *other;
7722
7723 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7724 return 1;
7725
7726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7727 {
7728 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7729
7730 if (other == bl->owner)
7731 continue;
7732
7733 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7734 continue;
7735
7736 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7737 continue;
7738
7739 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7740 {
7741 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7742 return 1;
7743 }
7744 }
7745
7746 return 0;
7747 }
7748
7749 static void
7750 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7751 {
7752 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7753 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7754 int ix;
7755
7756 if (self->is_load)
7757 {
7758 struct so_list *iter;
7759
7760 for (ix = 0;
7761 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7762 ix, iter);
7763 ++ix)
7764 {
7765 if (!self->regex
7766 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7767 return;
7768 }
7769 }
7770 else
7771 {
7772 char *iter;
7773
7774 for (ix = 0;
7775 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7776 ix, iter);
7777 ++ix)
7778 {
7779 if (!self->regex
7780 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7781 return;
7782 }
7783 }
7784
7785 bs->stop = 0;
7786 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7787 }
7788
7789 static enum print_stop_action
7790 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7791 {
7792 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7793 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7794
7795 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7796 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7797 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7798 else
7799 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7800 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7801 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7802 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7803 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7804 print_solib_event (1);
7805 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7806 }
7807
7808 static void
7809 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7810 {
7811 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7812 struct value_print_options opts;
7813 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7814 char *msg;
7815
7816 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7817 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7818 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7819 readable). */
7820 if (opts.addressprint)
7821 {
7822 annotate_field (4);
7823 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7824 }
7825
7826 annotate_field (5);
7827 if (self->is_load)
7828 {
7829 if (self->regex)
7830 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7831 else
7832 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7833 }
7834 else
7835 {
7836 if (self->regex)
7837 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7838 else
7839 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7840 }
7841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7842 xfree (msg);
7843 }
7844
7845 static void
7846 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7847 {
7848 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7849
7850 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7851 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7852 }
7853
7854 static void
7855 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7856 {
7857 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7858
7859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7860 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7861 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7862 if (self->regex)
7863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7865 }
7866
7867 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7868
7869 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7870 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7871 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7872 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7873 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7874 created in an enabled state. */
7875
7876 void
7877 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7878 {
7879 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7880 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7881 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7882
7883 if (!arg)
7884 arg = "";
7885 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7886
7887 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7888 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7889
7890 if (*arg != '\0')
7891 {
7892 int errcode;
7893
7894 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7895 if (errcode != 0)
7896 {
7897 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7898
7899 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7900 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7901 }
7902 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7903 }
7904
7905 c->is_load = is_load;
7906 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7907 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7908
7909 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7910
7911 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7912 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7913 }
7914
7915 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7916 "catch unload". */
7917
7918 static void
7919 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7920 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7921 {
7922 int tempflag;
7923 const int enabled = 1;
7924
7925 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7926
7927 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7928 }
7929
7930 static void
7931 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7932 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7933 {
7934 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7935 }
7936
7937 static void
7938 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7939 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7940 {
7941 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7942 }
7943
7944 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7945
7946 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7947 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7948 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7949 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7950 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7951
7952 struct syscall_catchpoint
7953 {
7954 /* The base class. */
7955 struct breakpoint base;
7956
7957 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7958 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7959 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7960 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7961 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7962 };
7963
7964 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7965 catchpoints. */
7966
7967 static void
7968 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7969 {
7970 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7971
7972 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7973
7974 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7975 }
7976
7977 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7978
7979 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7980 {
7981 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7982 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7983 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7984
7985 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7986 int any_syscall_count;
7987
7988 /* Count of each system call. */
7989 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7990
7991 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7992 if any catching is necessary. */
7993 int total_syscalls_count;
7994 };
7995
7996 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7997 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7998 {
7999 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8000
8001 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8002 if (inf_data == NULL)
8003 {
8004 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8005 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8006 }
8007
8008 return inf_data;
8009 }
8010
8011 static void
8012 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8013 {
8014 xfree (arg);
8015 }
8016
8017
8018 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8019 catchpoints. */
8020
8021 static int
8022 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8023 {
8024 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8025 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8026 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8027 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8028
8029 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8030 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8031 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8032 else
8033 {
8034 int i, iter;
8035
8036 for (i = 0;
8037 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8038 i++)
8039 {
8040 int elem;
8041
8042 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8043 {
8044 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8045 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8046 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8047 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8048 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8049 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8050 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8051 + vec_addr_offset);
8052 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8053 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8054 }
8055 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8056 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8057 }
8058 }
8059
8060 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8061 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8062 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8063 VEC_length (int,
8064 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8065 VEC_address (int,
8066 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8067 }
8068
8069 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8070 catchpoints. */
8071
8072 static int
8073 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8074 {
8075 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8076 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8077 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8078 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8079
8080 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8081 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8082 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8083 else
8084 {
8085 int i, iter;
8086
8087 for (i = 0;
8088 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8089 i++)
8090 {
8091 int elem;
8092 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8093 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8094 continue;
8095 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8096 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8097 }
8098 }
8099
8100 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8101 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8102 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8103 VEC_length (int,
8104 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8105 VEC_address (int,
8106 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8107 }
8108
8109 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8110 catchpoints. */
8111
8112 static int
8113 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8114 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8115 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8116 {
8117 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8118 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8119 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8120 int syscall_number = 0;
8121 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8122 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8123
8124 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8125 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8126 return 0;
8127
8128 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8129
8130 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8131 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8132 {
8133 int i, iter;
8134
8135 for (i = 0;
8136 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8137 i++)
8138 if (syscall_number == iter)
8139 break;
8140 /* Not the same. */
8141 if (!iter)
8142 return 0;
8143 }
8144
8145 return 1;
8146 }
8147
8148 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8149 catchpoints. */
8150
8151 static enum print_stop_action
8152 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8153 {
8154 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8155 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8156 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8157 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8158 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8159 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8160 ptid_t ptid;
8161 struct target_waitstatus last;
8162 struct syscall s;
8163
8164 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8165
8166 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8167
8168 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8169
8170 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8171 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8172 else
8173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8174 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8175 {
8176 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8177 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8178 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8179 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8180 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8181 }
8182 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8183
8184 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8185 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8186 else
8187 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8188
8189 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8190 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8191 if (s.name != NULL)
8192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8193
8194 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8195
8196 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8197 }
8198
8199 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8200 catchpoints. */
8201
8202 static void
8203 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8204 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8205 {
8206 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8207 struct value_print_options opts;
8208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8209
8210 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8211 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8212 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8213 readable). */
8214 if (opts.addressprint)
8215 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8216 annotate_field (5);
8217
8218 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8219 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8220 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8221 else
8222 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8223
8224 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8225 {
8226 int i, iter;
8227 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8228
8229 for (i = 0;
8230 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8231 i++)
8232 {
8233 char *x = text;
8234 struct syscall s;
8235 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8236
8237 if (s.name != NULL)
8238 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8239 else
8240 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8241
8242 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8243 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8244 on every call. */
8245 xfree (x);
8246 }
8247 /* Remove the last comma. */
8248 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8250 }
8251 else
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8253 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8254 }
8255
8256 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8257 catchpoints. */
8258
8259 static void
8260 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8261 {
8262 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8263
8264 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8265 {
8266 int i, iter;
8267
8268 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8269 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8270 else
8271 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8272
8273 for (i = 0;
8274 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8275 i++)
8276 {
8277 struct syscall s;
8278 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8279
8280 if (s.name)
8281 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8282 else
8283 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8284 }
8285 printf_filtered (")");
8286 }
8287 else
8288 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8289 b->number);
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8293 catchpoints. */
8294
8295 static void
8296 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8297 {
8298 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8299
8300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8301
8302 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8303 {
8304 int i, iter;
8305
8306 for (i = 0;
8307 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8308 i++)
8309 {
8310 struct syscall s;
8311
8312 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8313 if (s.name)
8314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8315 else
8316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8317 }
8318 }
8319 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8320 }
8321
8322 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8323
8324 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8325
8326 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8327
8328 static int
8329 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8330 {
8331 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8332 }
8333
8334 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8335 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8336 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8337 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8338
8339 static void
8340 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8341 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8342 char *cond_string,
8343 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8344 {
8345 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8346
8347 init_sal (&sal);
8348 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8349
8350 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8351
8352 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8353 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8354 }
8355
8356 void
8357 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8358 {
8359 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8360 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8361 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8362 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8363 if (!internal)
8364 mention (b);
8365 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8366
8367 if (update_gll)
8368 update_global_location_list (1);
8369 }
8370
8371 static void
8372 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8373 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8374 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8375 {
8376 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8377
8378 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8379
8380 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8381
8382 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8383 }
8384
8385 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8386
8387 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8388 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8389 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8390 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8391 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8392
8393 struct exec_catchpoint
8394 {
8395 /* The base class. */
8396 struct breakpoint base;
8397
8398 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8399 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8400 triggered. */
8401 char *exec_pathname;
8402 };
8403
8404 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8405 catchpoints. */
8406
8407 static void
8408 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8409 {
8410 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8411
8412 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8413
8414 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8415 }
8416
8417 static int
8418 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8419 {
8420 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8421 }
8422
8423 static int
8424 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8425 {
8426 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8427 }
8428
8429 static int
8430 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8431 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8432 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8433 {
8434 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8435
8436 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8437 return 0;
8438
8439 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8440 return 1;
8441 }
8442
8443 static enum print_stop_action
8444 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8445 {
8446 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8447 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8448 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8449
8450 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8451 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8453 else
8454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8456 {
8457 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8459 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8460 }
8461 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8462 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8463 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8464 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8465
8466 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8467 }
8468
8469 static void
8470 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8471 {
8472 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8473 struct value_print_options opts;
8474 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8475
8476 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8477
8478 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8479 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8480 is relatively readable). */
8481 if (opts.addressprint)
8482 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8483 annotate_field (5);
8484 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8485 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8486 {
8487 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8488 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8489 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8490 }
8491 }
8492
8493 static void
8494 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8495 {
8496 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8497 }
8498
8499 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8500 catchpoints. */
8501
8502 static void
8503 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8504 {
8505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8506 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8507 }
8508
8509 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8510
8511 static void
8512 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8513 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8514 {
8515 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8516 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8517
8518 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8519 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8520 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8521
8522 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8523 }
8524
8525 static int
8526 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8527 {
8528 int i = 0;
8529 struct breakpoint *b;
8530 struct bp_location *bl;
8531
8532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8533 {
8534 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8535 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8536 {
8537 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8538 one register. */
8539 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8540 }
8541 }
8542
8543 return i;
8544 }
8545
8546 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8547 watchpoint. */
8548
8549 static int
8550 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8551 {
8552 int i = 0;
8553 struct bp_location *bl;
8554
8555 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8556 return 0;
8557
8558 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8559 {
8560 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8561 one register. */
8562 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8563 }
8564
8565 return i;
8566 }
8567
8568 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8569 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8570 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8571 types _not_ TYPE. */
8572
8573 static int
8574 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8575 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8576 {
8577 int i = 0;
8578 struct breakpoint *b;
8579
8580 *other_type_used = 0;
8581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8582 {
8583 if (b == except)
8584 continue;
8585 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8586 continue;
8587
8588 if (b->type == type)
8589 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8590 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8591 *other_type_used = 1;
8592 }
8593
8594 return i;
8595 }
8596
8597 void
8598 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8599 {
8600 struct breakpoint *b;
8601
8602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8603 {
8604 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8605 {
8606 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8607 update_global_location_list (0);
8608 }
8609 }
8610 }
8611
8612 void
8613 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8614 {
8615 struct breakpoint *b;
8616
8617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8618 {
8619 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8620 {
8621 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8622 update_global_location_list (1);
8623 }
8624 }
8625 }
8626
8627 void
8628 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8629 {
8630 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8631 update_global_location_list (0);
8632 }
8633
8634 void
8635 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8636 {
8637 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8638 breakpoint_re_set ();
8639 }
8640
8641
8642 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8643 at address specified by SAL.
8644 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8645
8646 struct breakpoint *
8647 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8648 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8649 {
8650 struct breakpoint *b;
8651
8652 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8653 tail-called one. */
8654 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8655
8656 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8657 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8658 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8659 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8660
8661 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8662 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8663 control. */
8664 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8665 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8666
8667 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8668
8669 return b;
8670 }
8671
8672 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8673 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8674 breakpoint_ops. */
8675
8676 static struct breakpoint *
8677 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8678 enum bptype type,
8679 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8680 {
8681 struct breakpoint *copy;
8682
8683 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8684 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8685 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8686
8687 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8688 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8689 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8690 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8691 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8692 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8693
8694 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8695 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8696
8697 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8698 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8699 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8700 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8701
8702 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8703 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8704 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8705
8706 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8707 return copy;
8708 }
8709
8710 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8711 ORIG is NULL. */
8712
8713 struct breakpoint *
8714 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8715 {
8716 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8717 if (orig == NULL)
8718 return NULL;
8719
8720 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8721 }
8722
8723 struct breakpoint *
8724 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8725 enum bptype type)
8726 {
8727 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8728
8729 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8730 sal.pc = pc;
8731 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8732 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8733
8734 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8735 }
8736 \f
8737
8738 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8739
8740 static void
8741 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8742 {
8743 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8744 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8745 return;
8746 printf_filtered ("\n");
8747 }
8748 \f
8749
8750 static struct bp_location *
8751 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8752 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8753 {
8754 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8755 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8756 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8757
8758 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8759 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8760
8761 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8762 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8763 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8764 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8765 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8766 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8767 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8768 sal->pc, b->type);
8769
8770 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8771 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8772 ;
8773 *tmp = loc;
8774
8775 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8776 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8777 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8778 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8779 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8780 loc->section = sal->section;
8781 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8782
8783 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8784 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8785 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8786
8787 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8788 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8789 return loc;
8790 }
8791 \f
8792
8793 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8794 return 0 otherwise. */
8795
8796 static int
8797 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8798 {
8799 int len;
8800 CORE_ADDR addr;
8801 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8802 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8803 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8804 int retval = 0;
8805
8806 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8807
8808 addr = loc->address;
8809 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8810
8811 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8812 if (bpoint == NULL)
8813 return 0;
8814
8815 target_mem = alloca (len);
8816
8817 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8818 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8819 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8820 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8821
8822 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8823 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8824
8825 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8826 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8827 retval = 1;
8828
8829 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8830
8831 return retval;
8832 }
8833
8834 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8835 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8836
8837 static void
8838 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8839 {
8840 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8841 char *printf_line = NULL;
8842
8843 if (!dprintf_args)
8844 return;
8845
8846 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8847
8848 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8849 insist on it. */
8850 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8851 ++dprintf_args;
8852 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8853
8854 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8855 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8856
8857 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8858 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8859 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8860 {
8861 if (!dprintf_function)
8862 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8863
8864 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8865 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8866 dprintf_function,
8867 dprintf_channel,
8868 dprintf_args);
8869 else
8870 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8871 dprintf_function,
8872 dprintf_args);
8873 }
8874 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8875 {
8876 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8877 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8878 else
8879 {
8880 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8881 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8882 }
8883 }
8884 else
8885 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8886 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8887
8888 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8889 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8890 {
8891 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8892
8893 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8894 {
8895 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8896 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8897 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8898 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8899 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8900 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8901 }
8902
8903 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8904 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8905 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8906 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8907 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8908 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8909
8910 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8911 }
8912 }
8913
8914 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8915 current style settings. */
8916
8917 static void
8918 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8919 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8920 {
8921 struct breakpoint *b;
8922
8923 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8924 {
8925 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8926 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8927 }
8928 }
8929
8930 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8931 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8932 as condition expression. */
8933
8934 static void
8935 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8936 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8937 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8938 char *extra_string,
8939 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8940 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8941 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8942 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8943 int display_canonical)
8944 {
8945 int i;
8946
8947 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8948 {
8949 int target_resources_ok;
8950
8951 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8952 target_resources_ok =
8953 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8954 i + 1, 0);
8955 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8956 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8957 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8958 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8959 }
8960
8961 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8962
8963 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8964 {
8965 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8966 struct bp_location *loc;
8967
8968 if (from_tty)
8969 {
8970 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8971 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8972 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8973
8974 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8975 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8976 }
8977
8978 if (i == 0)
8979 {
8980 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8981 b->thread = thread;
8982 b->task = task;
8983
8984 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8985 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8986 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8987 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8988 b->disposition = disposition;
8989
8990 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8991 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8992
8993 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8994 {
8995 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8996 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8997
8998 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8999 {
9000 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9001 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9002 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9003 char *endp;
9004 char *marker_str;
9005
9006 p = skip_spaces (p);
9007
9008 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9009
9010 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9011 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9012
9013 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9014 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9015 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9016 }
9017 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9018 {
9019 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9020 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9021
9022 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9023 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9024 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9025 }
9026 else
9027 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9028 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9029 }
9030
9031 loc = b->loc;
9032 }
9033 else
9034 {
9035 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9036 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9037 loc->inserted = 1;
9038 }
9039
9040 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9041 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9042
9043 if (b->cond_string)
9044 {
9045 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9046 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9047 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9048 if (*arg)
9049 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9050 }
9051
9052 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9053 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9054 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9055 {
9056 if (b->extra_string)
9057 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9058 else
9059 error (_("Format string required"));
9060 }
9061 else if (b->extra_string)
9062 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9063 }
9064
9065 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9066 if (addr_string)
9067 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9068 else
9069 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9070 me. */
9071 b->addr_string
9072 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9073 b->filter = filter;
9074 }
9075
9076 static void
9077 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9078 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9079 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9080 char *extra_string,
9081 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9082 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9083 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9084 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9085 int display_canonical)
9086 {
9087 struct breakpoint *b;
9088 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9089
9090 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9091 {
9092 struct tracepoint *t;
9093
9094 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9095 b = &t->base;
9096 }
9097 else
9098 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9099
9100 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9101
9102 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9103 sals, addr_string,
9104 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9105 type, disposition,
9106 thread, task, ignore_count,
9107 ops, from_tty,
9108 enabled, internal, flags,
9109 display_canonical);
9110 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9111
9112 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9113 }
9114
9115 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9116 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9117 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9118 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9119 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9120 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9121 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9122 we take just a single condition string.
9123
9124 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9125 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9126 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9127 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9128 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9129
9130 static void
9131 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9132 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9133 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9134 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9135 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9136 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9137 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9138 {
9139 int i;
9140 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9141
9142 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9143 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9144
9145 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9146 {
9147 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9148 'break', without arguments. */
9149 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9150 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9151 : NULL);
9152 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9153 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9154
9155 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9156 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9157 addr_string,
9158 filter_string,
9159 cond_string, extra_string,
9160 type, disposition,
9161 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9162 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9163 canonical->special_display);
9164 discard_cleanups (inner);
9165 }
9166 }
9167
9168 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9169 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9170 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9171 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9172
9173 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9174 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9175
9176 static void
9177 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9178 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9179 {
9180 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9181 breakpoint. */
9182 if ((*address) == NULL
9183 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9184 {
9185 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9186 address. */
9187 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9188 {
9189 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9190 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9191 CORE_ADDR pc;
9192
9193 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9194 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9195 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9196
9197 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9198 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9199 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9200 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9201 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9202 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9203 pc = sal.pc;
9204 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9205
9206 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9207 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9208 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9209 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9210 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9211 sal.pc = pc;
9212 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9213
9214 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9215 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9216 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9217
9218 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9219 }
9220 else
9221 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9222 }
9223 else
9224 {
9225 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9226
9227 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9228 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9229 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9230 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9231
9232 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9233 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9234 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9235 && (!cursal.symtab
9236 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9237 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9238 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9239 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9240 get_last_displayed_line (),
9241 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9242 else
9243 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9244 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9245 }
9246 }
9247
9248
9249 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9250 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9251
9252 static void
9253 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9254 {
9255 int i;
9256
9257 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9258 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9259 }
9260
9261 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9262 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9263 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9264 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9265 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9266 it, etc. */
9267
9268 static void
9269 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9270 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9271 {
9272 int i, rslt;
9273 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9274 char *msg;
9275 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9276
9277 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9278 {
9279 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9280
9281 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9282
9283 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9284 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9285 associated with SAL. */
9286 if (sarch == NULL)
9287 sarch = gdbarch;
9288 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9289 NULL, &msg);
9290 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9291
9292 if (!rslt)
9293 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9294 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9295
9296 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9297 }
9298 }
9299
9300 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9301
9302 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9303 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9304 {
9305 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9306 }
9307
9308 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9309 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9310 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9311 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9312 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9313 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9314
9315 static void
9316 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9317 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9318 char **rest)
9319 {
9320 *cond_string = NULL;
9321 *thread = -1;
9322 *task = 0;
9323 *rest = NULL;
9324
9325 while (tok && *tok)
9326 {
9327 char *end_tok;
9328 int toklen;
9329 char *cond_start = NULL;
9330 char *cond_end = NULL;
9331
9332 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9333
9334 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9335 {
9336 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9337 return;
9338 }
9339
9340 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9341
9342 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9343
9344 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9345 {
9346 struct expression *expr;
9347
9348 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9349 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9350 xfree (expr);
9351 cond_end = tok;
9352 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9353 }
9354 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9355 {
9356 char *tmptok;
9357
9358 tok = end_tok + 1;
9359 tmptok = tok;
9360 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9361 if (tok == tmptok)
9362 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9363 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9364 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9365 }
9366 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9367 {
9368 char *tmptok;
9369
9370 tok = end_tok + 1;
9371 tmptok = tok;
9372 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9373 if (tok == tmptok)
9374 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9375 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9376 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9377 }
9378 else if (rest)
9379 {
9380 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9381 return;
9382 }
9383 else
9384 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9385 }
9386 }
9387
9388 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9389
9390 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9391 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9392 {
9393 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9394 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9395 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9396 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9397 char *endp;
9398 char *marker_str;
9399 int i;
9400
9401 p = skip_spaces (p);
9402
9403 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9404
9405 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9406 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9407
9408 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9409 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9410 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9411
9412 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9413 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9414
9415 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9416 {
9417 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9418
9419 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9420
9421 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9422
9423 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9424 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9425
9426 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9427 }
9428
9429 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9430
9431 *arg_p = endp;
9432 return sals;
9433 }
9434
9435 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9436 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9437 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9438 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9439 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9440 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9441 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9442 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9443 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9444 false otherwise. */
9445
9446 int
9447 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9448 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9449 int thread, char *extra_string,
9450 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9451 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9452 int ignore_count,
9453 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9454 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9455 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9456 unsigned flags)
9457 {
9458 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9459 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9460 char *addr_start = arg;
9461 struct linespec_result canonical;
9462 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9463 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9464 int pending = 0;
9465 int task = 0;
9466 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9467
9468 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9469
9470 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9471
9472 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9473 {
9474 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9475 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9476 }
9477
9478 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9479 switch (e.reason)
9480 {
9481 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9482 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9483 return 0;
9484 break;
9485 case RETURN_ERROR:
9486 switch (e.error)
9487 {
9488 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9489
9490 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9491 error. */
9492
9493 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9494 throw_exception (e);
9495
9496 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9497
9498 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9499 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9500 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9501 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9502 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9503 return 0;
9504
9505 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9506 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9507 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9508 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9509 {
9510 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9511
9512 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9513 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9514 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9515 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9516 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9517 pending = 1;
9518 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9519 }
9520 break;
9521 default:
9522 throw_exception (e);
9523 }
9524 break;
9525 default:
9526 throw_exception (e);
9527 }
9528
9529 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9530 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9531
9532 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9533 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9534 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9535 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9536 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9537
9538 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9539 are ok for the target. */
9540 if (!pending)
9541 {
9542 int ix;
9543 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9544
9545 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9546 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9547 }
9548
9549 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9550 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9551 {
9552 int ix;
9553 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9554
9555 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9556 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9557 }
9558
9559 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9560 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9561 breakpoint. */
9562 if (!pending)
9563 {
9564 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9565
9566 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9567
9568 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9569 {
9570 char *rest;
9571 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9572 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9573 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9574 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9575
9576 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9577 &thread, &task, &rest);
9578 if (cond_string)
9579 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9580 if (rest)
9581 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9582 if (rest)
9583 extra_string = rest;
9584 }
9585 else
9586 {
9587 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9588 if (cond_string)
9589 {
9590 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9591 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9592 }
9593 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9594 if (extra_string)
9595 {
9596 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9597 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9598 }
9599 }
9600
9601 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9602 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9603 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9604 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9605 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9606 }
9607 else
9608 {
9609 struct breakpoint *b;
9610
9611 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9612
9613 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9614 {
9615 struct tracepoint *t;
9616
9617 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9618 b = &t->base;
9619 }
9620 else
9621 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9622
9623 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9624
9625 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9626 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9627 b->cond_string = NULL;
9628 else
9629 {
9630 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9631 if (cond_string)
9632 {
9633 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9634 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9635 }
9636 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9637 }
9638 b->extra_string = NULL;
9639 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9640 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9641 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9642 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9643 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9644 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9645 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9646
9647 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9648 }
9649
9650 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9651 {
9652 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9653 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9654 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9655 }
9656
9657 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9658 breakpoint. */
9659 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9660 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9661 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9662
9663 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9664 update_global_location_list (1);
9665
9666 return 1;
9667 }
9668
9669 /* Set a breakpoint.
9670 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9671 condition, and thread.
9672 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9673 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9674 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9675
9676 static void
9677 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9678 {
9679 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9680 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9681 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9682 : bp_breakpoint);
9683 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9684 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9685
9686 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9687 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9688 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9689 else
9690 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9691
9692 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9693 arg,
9694 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9695 tempflag, type_wanted,
9696 0 /* Ignore count */,
9697 pending_break_support,
9698 ops,
9699 from_tty,
9700 1 /* enabled */,
9701 0 /* internal */,
9702 0);
9703 }
9704
9705 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9706
9707 void
9708 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9709 {
9710 CORE_ADDR pc;
9711
9712 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9713 {
9714 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9715 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9716 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9717 sal->pc = pc;
9718
9719 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9720 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9721 if (sal->explicit_line)
9722 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9723 }
9724
9725 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9726 {
9727 struct blockvector *bv;
9728 struct block *b;
9729 struct symbol *sym;
9730
9731 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9732 if (bv != NULL)
9733 {
9734 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9735 if (sym != NULL)
9736 {
9737 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9738 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9739 }
9740 else
9741 {
9742 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9743 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9744 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9745 happen in assembly source). */
9746
9747 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9748 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9749
9750 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9751
9752 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9753 if (msym)
9754 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9755
9756 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9757 }
9758 }
9759 }
9760 }
9761
9762 void
9763 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9764 {
9765 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9766 }
9767
9768 void
9769 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9770 {
9771 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9772 }
9773
9774 static void
9775 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9776 {
9777 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9778 }
9779
9780 static void
9781 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9782 {
9783 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9784 }
9785
9786 static void
9787 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9788 {
9789 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9790 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9791 stop at <line>\n"));
9792 }
9793
9794 static void
9795 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9796 {
9797 int badInput = 0;
9798
9799 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9800 badInput = 1;
9801 else if (*arg != '*')
9802 {
9803 char *argptr = arg;
9804 int hasColon = 0;
9805
9806 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9807 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9808 function/method name. */
9809 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9810 {
9811 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9812 argptr++;
9813 }
9814
9815 if (hasColon)
9816 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9817 else
9818 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9819 }
9820
9821 if (badInput)
9822 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9823 else
9824 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9825 }
9826
9827 static void
9828 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9829 {
9830 int badInput = 0;
9831
9832 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9833 badInput = 1;
9834 else
9835 {
9836 char *argptr = arg;
9837 int hasColon = 0;
9838
9839 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9840 it is probably a line number. */
9841 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9842 {
9843 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9844 argptr++;
9845 }
9846
9847 if (hasColon)
9848 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9849 else
9850 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9851 }
9852
9853 if (badInput)
9854 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9855 else
9856 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9857 }
9858
9859 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9860 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9861 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9862 line. */
9863
9864 static void
9865 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9866 {
9867 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9868 arg,
9869 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9870 0, bp_dprintf,
9871 0 /* Ignore count */,
9872 pending_break_support,
9873 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9874 from_tty,
9875 1 /* enabled */,
9876 0 /* internal */,
9877 0);
9878 }
9879
9880 static void
9881 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9882 {
9883 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9884 }
9885
9886 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9887 ranged breakpoints. */
9888
9889 static int
9890 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9891 struct address_space *aspace,
9892 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9893 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9894 {
9895 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9896 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9897 return 0;
9898
9899 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9900 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9901 }
9902
9903 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9904 ranged breakpoints. */
9905
9906 static int
9907 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9908 {
9909 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9910 }
9911
9912 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9913 ranged breakpoints. */
9914
9915 static enum print_stop_action
9916 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9917 {
9918 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9919 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9920 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9921
9922 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9923
9924 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9925 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9926
9927 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9928 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9930 else
9931 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9932 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9933 {
9934 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9935 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9937 }
9938 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9939 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9940
9941 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9942 }
9943
9944 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9945 ranged breakpoints. */
9946
9947 static void
9948 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9949 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9950 {
9951 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9952 struct value_print_options opts;
9953 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9954
9955 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9956 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9957
9958 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9959
9960 if (opts.addressprint)
9961 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9962 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9963 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9964 annotate_field (5);
9965 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9966 *last_loc = bl;
9967 }
9968
9969 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9971
9972 static void
9973 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9974 struct ui_out *uiout)
9975 {
9976 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9977 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9978 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9979 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9980
9981 gdb_assert (bl);
9982
9983 address_start = bl->address;
9984 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9985
9986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9987 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9988 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9989 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9990 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9992
9993 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9994 }
9995
9996 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9997 ranged breakpoints. */
9998
9999 static void
10000 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10001 {
10002 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10003 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10004
10005 gdb_assert (bl);
10006 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10007
10008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10009 return;
10010
10011 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10012 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10013 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10014 }
10015
10016 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10017 ranged breakpoints. */
10018
10019 static void
10020 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10021 {
10022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10023 b->addr_string_range_end);
10024 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10025 }
10026
10027 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10028
10029 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10030
10031 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10032 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10033 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10034 last instruction of the given line. */
10035
10036 static CORE_ADDR
10037 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10038 {
10039 CORE_ADDR end;
10040
10041 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10042 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10043 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10044 end = sal.pc;
10045 else
10046 {
10047 int ret;
10048 CORE_ADDR start;
10049
10050 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10051 if (!ret)
10052 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10053
10054 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10055 end--;
10056 }
10057
10058 return end;
10059 }
10060
10061 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10062
10063 static void
10064 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10065 {
10066 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10067 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10068 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10069 CORE_ADDR end;
10070 struct breakpoint *b;
10071 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10072 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10073 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10074
10075 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10076 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10077 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10078
10079 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10080 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10081 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10082 bp_count, 0);
10083 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10084 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10085
10086 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10087 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10088 error(_("No address range specified."));
10089
10090 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10091
10092 arg_start = arg;
10093 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10094
10095 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10096
10097 if (arg[0] != ',')
10098 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10099 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10100 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10101
10102 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10103
10104 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10105 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10106 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10107
10108 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10109 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10110 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10111
10112 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10113 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10114
10115 /* Parse the end location. */
10116
10117 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10118 arg_start = arg;
10119
10120 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10121 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10122 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10123 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10124 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10125 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10126 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10127 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10128
10129 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10130
10131 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10132 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10133
10134 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10135 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10136 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10137 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10138
10139 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10140 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10141 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10142
10143 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10144 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10145 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10146
10147 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10148 if (length < 0)
10149 /* Length overflowed. */
10150 error (_("Address range too large."));
10151 else if (length == 1)
10152 {
10153 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10154 the `hbreak' command. */
10155 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10156
10157 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10158
10159 return;
10160 }
10161
10162 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10163 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10164 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10165 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10166 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10167 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10168 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10169 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10170 b->loc->length = length;
10171
10172 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10173
10174 mention (b);
10175 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10176 update_global_location_list (1);
10177 }
10178
10179 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10180 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10181 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10182 zero. */
10183
10184 static int
10185 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10186 {
10187 int i = exp->nelts;
10188
10189 while (i > 0)
10190 {
10191 int oplenp, argsp;
10192
10193 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10194 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10195 i -= oplenp;
10196
10197 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10198 {
10199 case BINOP_ADD:
10200 case BINOP_SUB:
10201 case BINOP_MUL:
10202 case BINOP_DIV:
10203 case BINOP_REM:
10204 case BINOP_MOD:
10205 case BINOP_LSH:
10206 case BINOP_RSH:
10207 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10208 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10209 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10210 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10211 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10212 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10213 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10214 case BINOP_LESS:
10215 case BINOP_GTR:
10216 case BINOP_LEQ:
10217 case BINOP_GEQ:
10218 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10219 case BINOP_COMMA:
10220 case BINOP_EXP:
10221 case BINOP_MIN:
10222 case BINOP_MAX:
10223 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10224 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10225 case BINOP_IN:
10226 case BINOP_RANGE:
10227 case TERNOP_COND:
10228 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10229
10230 case OP_LONG:
10231 case OP_DOUBLE:
10232 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10233 case OP_LAST:
10234 case OP_COMPLEX:
10235 case OP_STRING:
10236 case OP_ARRAY:
10237 case OP_TYPE:
10238 case OP_TYPEOF:
10239 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10240 case OP_NAME:
10241 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10242
10243 case UNOP_NEG:
10244 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10245 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10246 case UNOP_ADDR:
10247 case UNOP_HIGH:
10248 case UNOP_CAST:
10249
10250 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10251 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10252 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10253 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10254 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10255 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10256 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10257
10258 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10259 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10260 ADDR is. */
10261 break;
10262
10263 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10264 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10265
10266 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10267 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10268 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10269 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10270
10271 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10272 are always constant. */
10273 {
10274 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10275
10276 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10277 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10278 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10279 return 0;
10280 break;
10281 }
10282
10283 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10284 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10285 then it is not a constant. */
10286 default:
10287 return 0;
10288 }
10289 }
10290
10291 return 1;
10292 }
10293
10294 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10295
10296 static void
10297 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10298 {
10299 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10300
10301 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10302 xfree (w->exp);
10303 xfree (w->exp_string);
10304 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10305 value_free (w->val);
10306
10307 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10308 }
10309
10310 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10311
10312 static void
10313 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10314 {
10315 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10316
10317 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10318 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10319
10320 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10321 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10322 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10323 are loaded and unloaded.
10324
10325 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10326 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10327 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10328 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10329 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10330 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10331
10332 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10333 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10334 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10335 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10336
10337 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10338 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10339
10340 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10341 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10342 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10343 }
10344
10345 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10346
10347 static int
10348 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10349 {
10350 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10351 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10352
10353 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10354 w->cond_exp);
10355 }
10356
10357 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10358
10359 static int
10360 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10361 {
10362 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10363 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10364
10365 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10366 w->cond_exp);
10367 }
10368
10369 static int
10370 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10371 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10372 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10373 {
10374 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10375 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10376
10377 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10378 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10379 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10380 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10381 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10382 (did not match the data address). */
10383 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10384 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10385 return 0;
10386
10387 return 1;
10388 }
10389
10390 static void
10391 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10392 {
10393 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10394
10395 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10396 }
10397
10398 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10399 hardware watchpoints. */
10400
10401 static int
10402 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10403 {
10404 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10405 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10406
10407 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10408 }
10409
10410 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10411 hardware watchpoints. */
10412
10413 static int
10414 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10415 {
10416 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10417 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10418 }
10419
10420 static enum print_stop_action
10421 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10422 {
10423 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10424 struct breakpoint *b;
10425 const struct bp_location *bl;
10426 struct ui_file *stb;
10427 enum print_stop_action result;
10428 struct watchpoint *w;
10429 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10430
10431 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10432
10433 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10434 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10435 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10436
10437 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10438 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10439
10440 switch (b->type)
10441 {
10442 case bp_watchpoint:
10443 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10444 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10445 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10446 ui_out_field_string
10447 (uiout, "reason",
10448 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10449 mention (b);
10450 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10451 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10452 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10453 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10455 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10456 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10457 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10458 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10459 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10460 break;
10461
10462 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10463 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10464 ui_out_field_string
10465 (uiout, "reason",
10466 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10467 mention (b);
10468 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10470 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10471 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10473 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10474 break;
10475
10476 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10477 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10478 {
10479 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10481 ui_out_field_string
10482 (uiout, "reason",
10483 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10484 mention (b);
10485 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10487 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10488 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10489 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10490 }
10491 else
10492 {
10493 mention (b);
10494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10495 ui_out_field_string
10496 (uiout, "reason",
10497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10498 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10499 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10500 }
10501 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10502 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10503 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10504 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10505 break;
10506 default:
10507 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10508 }
10509
10510 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10511 return result;
10512 }
10513
10514 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10515 watchpoints. */
10516
10517 static void
10518 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10519 {
10520 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10521 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10522 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10523
10524 switch (b->type)
10525 {
10526 case bp_watchpoint:
10527 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10528 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10529 break;
10530 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10531 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10532 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10533 break;
10534 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10535 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10536 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10537 break;
10538 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10539 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10540 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10541 break;
10542 default:
10543 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10544 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10545 }
10546
10547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10548 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10550 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10551 }
10552
10553 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10554 watchpoints. */
10555
10556 static void
10557 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10558 {
10559 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10560
10561 switch (b->type)
10562 {
10563 case bp_watchpoint:
10564 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10566 break;
10567 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10569 break;
10570 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10572 break;
10573 default:
10574 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10575 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10576 }
10577
10578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10579 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10580 }
10581
10582 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10583
10584 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10585
10586 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10587 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10588
10589 static int
10590 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10591 {
10592 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10593
10594 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10595 bl->watchpoint_type);
10596 }
10597
10598 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10599 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10600
10601 static int
10602 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10603 {
10604 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10605
10606 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10607 bl->watchpoint_type);
10608 }
10609
10610 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10611 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10612
10613 static int
10614 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10615 {
10616 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10617
10618 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10619 }
10620
10621 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10622 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10623
10624 static int
10625 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10626 {
10627 return 0;
10628 }
10629
10630 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10631 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10632
10633 static enum print_stop_action
10634 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10635 {
10636 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10638
10639 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10640 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10641
10642 switch (b->type)
10643 {
10644 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10645 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10647 ui_out_field_string
10648 (uiout, "reason",
10649 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10650 break;
10651
10652 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10653 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10654 ui_out_field_string
10655 (uiout, "reason",
10656 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10657 break;
10658
10659 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10661 ui_out_field_string
10662 (uiout, "reason",
10663 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10664 break;
10665 default:
10666 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10667 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10668 }
10669
10670 mention (b);
10671 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10672 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10673 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10674 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10675
10676 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10677 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10678 }
10679
10680 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10681 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10682
10683 static void
10684 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10685 struct ui_out *uiout)
10686 {
10687 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10688
10689 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10690 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10691
10692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10693 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10694 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10695 }
10696
10697 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10698 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10699
10700 static void
10701 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10702 {
10703 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10704 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10705 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10706
10707 switch (b->type)
10708 {
10709 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10710 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10711 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10712 break;
10713 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10714 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10715 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10716 break;
10717 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10718 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10719 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10720 break;
10721 default:
10722 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10723 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10724 }
10725
10726 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10727 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10729 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10730 }
10731
10732 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10733 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10734
10735 static void
10736 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10737 {
10738 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10739 char tmp[40];
10740
10741 switch (b->type)
10742 {
10743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10745 break;
10746 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10748 break;
10749 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10751 break;
10752 default:
10753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10754 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10755 }
10756
10757 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10758 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10759 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10760 }
10761
10762 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10763
10764 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10765
10766 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10767
10768 static int
10769 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10770 {
10771 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10772 }
10773
10774 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10775 hw_read: watch read,
10776 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10777 static void
10778 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10779 int just_location, int internal)
10780 {
10781 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10782 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10783 struct expression *exp;
10784 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10785 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10786 struct frame_info *frame;
10787 char *exp_start = NULL;
10788 char *exp_end = NULL;
10789 char *tok, *end_tok;
10790 int toklen = -1;
10791 char *cond_start = NULL;
10792 char *cond_end = NULL;
10793 enum bptype bp_type;
10794 int thread = -1;
10795 int pc = 0;
10796 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10797 the hardware watchpoint. */
10798 int use_mask = 0;
10799 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10800 struct watchpoint *w;
10801
10802 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10803 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10804 {
10805 char *value_start;
10806
10807 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10808 of the arguments string. */
10809 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10810 {
10811 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10812 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10813 tok--;
10814
10815 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10816 This is the value of the parameter. */
10817 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10818 tok--;
10819 value_start = tok + 1;
10820
10821 /* Skip whitespace. */
10822 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10823 tok--;
10824
10825 end_tok = tok;
10826
10827 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10828 This is the parameter itself. */
10829 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10830 tok--;
10831 tok++;
10832 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10833
10834 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10835 {
10836 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10837 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10838 only in a specific thread. */
10839 char *endp;
10840
10841 if (thread != -1)
10842 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10843
10844 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10845 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10846
10847 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10848 thread ID. */
10849 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10850 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10851
10852 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10853 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10854 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10855 }
10856 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10857 {
10858 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10859 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10860 facility. */
10861 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10862
10863 if (use_mask)
10864 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10865
10866 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10867
10868 mark = value_mark ();
10869 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10870 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10871 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10872 }
10873 else
10874 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10875 break;
10876
10877 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10878 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10879 *tok = '\0';
10880 }
10881 }
10882
10883 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10884 innermost_block = NULL;
10885 exp_start = arg;
10886 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10887 exp_end = arg;
10888 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10889 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10890 prettier. */
10891 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10892 --exp_end;
10893
10894 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10895 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10896 {
10897 int len;
10898
10899 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10900 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10901 len--;
10902 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10903 }
10904
10905 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10906 mark = value_mark ();
10907 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10908
10909 if (just_location)
10910 {
10911 int ret;
10912
10913 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10914 val = value_addr (result);
10915 release_value (val);
10916 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10917
10918 if (use_mask)
10919 {
10920 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10921 mask);
10922 if (ret == -1)
10923 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10924 else if (ret == -2)
10925 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10926 }
10927 }
10928 else if (val != NULL)
10929 release_value (val);
10930
10931 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10932 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10933
10934 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10935 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10936 {
10937 struct expression *cond;
10938
10939 innermost_block = NULL;
10940 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10941 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10942
10943 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10944 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10945 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10946
10947 xfree (cond);
10948 cond_end = tok;
10949 }
10950 if (*tok)
10951 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10952
10953 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10954 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10955 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10956 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10957 else
10958 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10959
10960 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10961
10962 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10963 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10964 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10965 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10966 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10967 {
10968 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10969 {
10970 scope_breakpoint
10971 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10972 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10973 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10974 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10975
10976 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10977
10978 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10979 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10980
10981 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10982 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10983
10984 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10985 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10986 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10987 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10988 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10989 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10990 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10991 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10992 scope_breakpoint->type);
10993 }
10994 }
10995
10996 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10997
10998 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10999 b = &w->base;
11000 if (use_mask)
11001 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11002 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11003 else
11004 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11005 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11006 b->thread = thread;
11007 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11008 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11009 w->exp = exp;
11010 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11011 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11012 if (just_location)
11013 {
11014 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11015 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11016 char *name;
11017
11018 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11019 name = type_to_string (t);
11020
11021 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11022 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11023 xfree (name);
11024
11025 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11026 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11027
11028 /* The above expression is in C. */
11029 b->language = language_c;
11030 }
11031 else
11032 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11033
11034 if (use_mask)
11035 {
11036 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11037 }
11038 else
11039 {
11040 w->val = val;
11041 w->val_valid = 1;
11042 }
11043
11044 if (cond_start)
11045 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11046 else
11047 b->cond_string = 0;
11048
11049 if (frame)
11050 {
11051 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11052 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11053 }
11054 else
11055 {
11056 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11057 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11058 }
11059
11060 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11061 {
11062 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11063 need to act on them together. */
11064 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11065 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11066 }
11067
11068 if (!just_location)
11069 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11070
11071 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11072 {
11073 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11074 that should be inserted. */
11075 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11076 }
11077 if (e.reason < 0)
11078 {
11079 delete_breakpoint (b);
11080 throw_exception (e);
11081 }
11082
11083 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11084 }
11085
11086 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11087 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11088
11089 static int
11090 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11091 {
11092 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11093 struct value *head = v;
11094
11095 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11096 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11097 return 0;
11098
11099 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11100 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11101 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11102 hardware watchpoint.
11103
11104 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11105 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11106 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11107 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11108 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11109 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11110 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11111 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11112 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11113
11114 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11115 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11116 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11117 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11118 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11119 {
11120 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11121 {
11122 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11123 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11124 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11125 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11126 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11127 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11128 ;
11129 else
11130 {
11131 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11132 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11133 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11134
11135 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11136 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11137 middle of some value chain. */
11138 if (v == head
11139 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11140 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11141 {
11142 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11143 int len;
11144 int num_regs;
11145
11146 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11147 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11148 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11149
11150 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11151 if (!num_regs)
11152 return 0;
11153 else
11154 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11155 }
11156 }
11157 }
11158 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11159 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11160 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11161 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11162 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11163 }
11164
11165 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11166 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11167 return found_memory_cnt;
11168 }
11169
11170 void
11171 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11172 {
11173 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11174 }
11175
11176 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11177 calls watch_command_1. */
11178
11179 static void
11180 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11181 {
11182 int just_location = 0;
11183
11184 if (arg
11185 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11186 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11187 {
11188 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11189 just_location = 1;
11190 }
11191
11192 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11193 }
11194
11195 static void
11196 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11197 {
11198 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11199 }
11200
11201 void
11202 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11203 {
11204 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11205 }
11206
11207 static void
11208 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11209 {
11210 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11211 }
11212
11213 void
11214 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11215 {
11216 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11217 }
11218
11219 static void
11220 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11221 {
11222 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11223 }
11224 \f
11225
11226 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11227 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11228
11229 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11230 {
11231 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11232 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11233 int thread_num;
11234 };
11235
11236 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11237 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11238 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11239 command. */
11240 static void
11241 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11242 {
11243 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11244
11245 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11246 if (a->breakpoint2)
11247 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11248 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11249 }
11250
11251 void
11252 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11253 {
11254 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11255 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11256 struct frame_info *frame;
11257 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11258 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11259 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11260 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11261 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11262 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11263 int thread;
11264 struct thread_info *tp;
11265
11266 clear_proceed_status ();
11267
11268 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11269 this function. */
11270
11271 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11272 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11273 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11274 get_last_displayed_line ());
11275 else
11276 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11277 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11278
11279 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11280 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11281
11282 sal = sals.sals[0];
11283 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11284
11285 if (*arg)
11286 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11287
11288 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11289
11290 tp = inferior_thread ();
11291 thread = tp->num;
11292
11293 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11294
11295 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11296 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11297 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11298 that. */
11299
11300 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11301 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11302 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11303 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11304
11305 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11306 one. */
11307
11308 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11309 {
11310 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11311
11312 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11313 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11314 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11315 sal2,
11316 caller_frame_id,
11317 bp_until);
11318 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11319
11320 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11321 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11322 }
11323
11324 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11325 frame = NULL;
11326
11327 if (anywhere)
11328 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11329 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11330 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11331 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11332 else
11333 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11334 only at the very same frame. */
11335 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11336 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11337 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11338
11339 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11340
11341 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11342 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11343 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11344 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11345
11346 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11347 {
11348 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11349 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11350
11351 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11352 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11353 args->thread_num = thread;
11354
11355 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11356 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11357 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11358 xfree);
11359 }
11360 else
11361 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11362 }
11363
11364 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11365 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11366
11367 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11368 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11369 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11370 if clause in the arg string. */
11371
11372 static char *
11373 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11374 {
11375 char *cond_string;
11376
11377 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11378 return NULL;
11379
11380 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11381 (*arg) += 2;
11382
11383 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11384 condition string. */
11385 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11386 cond_string = *arg;
11387
11388 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11389 string. */
11390 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11391
11392 return cond_string;
11393 }
11394
11395 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11396 process start/exit, etc. */
11397
11398 typedef enum
11399 {
11400 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11401 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11402 }
11403 catch_fork_kind;
11404
11405 static void
11406 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11407 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11408 {
11409 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11410 char *cond_string = NULL;
11411 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11412 int tempflag;
11413
11414 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11415 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11416 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11417
11418 if (!arg)
11419 arg = "";
11420 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11421
11422 /* The allowed syntax is:
11423 catch [v]fork
11424 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11425
11426 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11427 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11428
11429 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11430 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11431
11432 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11433 and enable reporting of such events. */
11434 switch (fork_kind)
11435 {
11436 case catch_fork_temporary:
11437 case catch_fork_permanent:
11438 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11439 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11440 break;
11441 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11442 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11443 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11444 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11445 break;
11446 default:
11447 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11448 break;
11449 }
11450 }
11451
11452 static void
11453 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11454 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11455 {
11456 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11457 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11458 int tempflag;
11459 char *cond_string = NULL;
11460
11461 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11462
11463 if (!arg)
11464 arg = "";
11465 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11466
11467 /* The allowed syntax is:
11468 catch exec
11469 catch exec if <cond>
11470
11471 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11472 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11473
11474 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11475 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11476
11477 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11478 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11479 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11480 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11481
11482 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11483 }
11484
11485 static enum print_stop_action
11486 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11487 {
11488 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11489 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11490 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11491
11492 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11493
11494 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11495 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11496 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11497 b->loc->address,
11498 b->number, 1);
11499 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11500 ui_out_text (uiout,
11501 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11502 : "Catchpoint ");
11503 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11504 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11505 ui_out_text (uiout,
11506 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11507 : " (exception caught), ");
11508 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11509 {
11510 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11511 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11512 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11513 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11514 }
11515 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11516 }
11517
11518 static void
11519 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11520 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11521 {
11522 struct value_print_options opts;
11523 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11524
11525 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11526 if (opts.addressprint)
11527 {
11528 annotate_field (4);
11529 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11530 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11531 else
11532 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11533 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11534 }
11535 annotate_field (5);
11536 if (b->loc)
11537 *last_loc = b->loc;
11538 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11539 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11540 else
11541 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11542 }
11543
11544 static void
11545 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11546 {
11547 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11548 int bp_temp;
11549 int bp_throw;
11550
11551 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11552 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11553 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11554 : _("Catchpoint "));
11555 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11556 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11557 : _(" (catch)"));
11558 }
11559
11560 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11561 catch catchpoints. */
11562
11563 static void
11564 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11565 struct ui_file *fp)
11566 {
11567 int bp_temp;
11568 int bp_throw;
11569
11570 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11571 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11574 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11575 }
11576
11577 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11578
11579 static int
11580 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11581 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11582 {
11583 char *trigger_func_name;
11584
11585 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11586 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11587 else
11588 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11589
11590 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11591 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11592 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11593 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11594 0,
11595 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11596 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11597 1 /* enabled */,
11598 0 /* internal */,
11599 0);
11600
11601 return 1;
11602 }
11603
11604 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11605
11606 static void
11607 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11608 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11609 {
11610 char *cond_string = NULL;
11611
11612 if (!arg)
11613 arg = "";
11614 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11615
11616 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11617
11618 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11619 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11620
11621 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11622 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11623 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11624
11625 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11626 return;
11627
11628 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11629 }
11630
11631 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11632
11633 static void
11634 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11635 {
11636 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11637
11638 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11639 }
11640
11641 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11642
11643 static void
11644 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11645 {
11646 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11647
11648 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11649 }
11650
11651 void
11652 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11653 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11654 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11655 char *addr_string,
11656 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11657 int tempflag,
11658 int from_tty)
11659 {
11660 if (from_tty)
11661 {
11662 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11663 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11664 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11665
11666 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11667 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11668 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11669 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11670 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11671 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11672 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11673 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11674 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11675 enough for now, though. */
11676 }
11677
11678 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11679
11680 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11681 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11682 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11683 b->language = language_ada;
11684 }
11685
11686 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11687 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11688 static VEC(int) *
11689 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11690 {
11691 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11692 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11693
11694 while (*arg != '\0')
11695 {
11696 int i, syscall_number;
11697 char *endptr;
11698 char cur_name[128];
11699 struct syscall s;
11700
11701 /* Skip whitespace. */
11702 while (isspace (*arg))
11703 arg++;
11704
11705 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11706 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11707 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11708 arg += i;
11709
11710 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11711 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11712 if (*endptr == '\0')
11713 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11714 else
11715 {
11716 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11717 to a number. */
11718 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11719
11720 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11721 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11722 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11723 syscall number to be caught. */
11724 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11725 }
11726
11727 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11728 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11729 }
11730
11731 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11732 return result;
11733 }
11734
11735 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11736
11737 static void
11738 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11739 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11740 {
11741 int tempflag;
11742 VEC(int) *filter;
11743 struct syscall s;
11744 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11745
11746 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11747 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11748 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11749 this architecture yet."));
11750
11751 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11752
11753 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11754
11755 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11756 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11757 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11758 for his/her architecture. */
11759 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11760
11761 /* The allowed syntax is:
11762 catch syscall
11763 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11764
11765 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11766
11767 if (arg != NULL)
11768 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11769 else
11770 filter = NULL;
11771
11772 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11773 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11774 }
11775
11776 static void
11777 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11778 {
11779 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11780 }
11781 \f
11782
11783 static void
11784 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11785 {
11786 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11787 }
11788
11789 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11790
11791 static int
11792 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11793 {
11794 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11795 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11796 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11797 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11798
11799 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11800 return -1;
11801 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11802 return 1;
11803
11804 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11805 the number 0. */
11806 if (ua < ub)
11807 return -1;
11808 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11809 }
11810
11811 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11812
11813 static void
11814 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11815 {
11816 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11817 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11818 int ix;
11819 int default_match;
11820 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11821 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11822 int i;
11823 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11824
11825 if (arg)
11826 {
11827 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11828 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11829 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11830 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11831 default_match = 0;
11832 }
11833 else
11834 {
11835 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11836 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11837 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11838 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11839
11840 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11841 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11842 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11843 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11844 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11845 error (_("No source file specified."));
11846
11847 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11848 sals.nelts = 1;
11849
11850 default_match = 1;
11851 }
11852
11853 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11854 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11855 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11856 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11857
11858 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11859 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11860 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11861 due to optimization, all in one block.
11862
11863 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11864 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11865 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11866 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11867 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11868 to support that. */
11869
11870 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11871 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11872 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11873 breakpoint. */
11874
11875 found = NULL;
11876 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11877 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11878 {
11879 int is_abs;
11880
11881 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11882 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11883 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11884 or at default pc.
11885
11886 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11887
11888 0 1 pc
11889 1 1 pc _and_ line
11890 0 0 line
11891 1 0 <can't happen> */
11892
11893 sal = sals.sals[i];
11894 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11895
11896 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11897 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11898 {
11899 int match = 0;
11900 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11901 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11902 {
11903 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11904 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11905 {
11906 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11907 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11908 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11909 && sal.pc
11910 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11911 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11912 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11913 || loc->section == sal.section));
11914 int line_match = 0;
11915
11916 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11917 && loc->source_file != NULL
11918 && sal.symtab != NULL
11919 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11920 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11921 {
11922 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11923 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11924 line_match = 1;
11925 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11926 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11927 sal.symtab->filename))
11928 line_match = 1;
11929 }
11930
11931 if (pc_match || line_match)
11932 {
11933 match = 1;
11934 break;
11935 }
11936 }
11937 }
11938
11939 if (match)
11940 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11941 }
11942 }
11943
11944 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11945 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11946 {
11947 if (arg)
11948 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11949 else
11950 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11951 }
11952
11953 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11954 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11955 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11956 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11957 compare_breakpoints);
11958 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11959 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11960 {
11961 if (b == prev)
11962 {
11963 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11964 --ix;
11965 }
11966 }
11967
11968 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11969 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11970 if (from_tty)
11971 {
11972 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11973 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11974 else
11975 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11976 }
11977 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11978
11979 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11980 {
11981 if (from_tty)
11982 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11983 delete_breakpoint (b);
11984 }
11985 if (from_tty)
11986 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11987
11988 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11989 }
11990 \f
11991 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11992 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11993 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11994
11995 void
11996 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11997 {
11998 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11999
12000 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12001 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12002 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12003 && bs->stop)
12004 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12005
12006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12007 {
12008 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12009 delete_breakpoint (b);
12010 }
12011 }
12012
12013 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12014 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12015 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12016 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12017 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12018 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12019
12020 static int
12021 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12022 {
12023 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12024 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12025 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12026 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12027 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12028
12029 if (a->address != b->address)
12030 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12031
12032 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12033 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12034 grouped. */
12035
12036 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12037 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12038 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12039
12040 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12041 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12042 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12043
12044 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12045 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12046 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12047
12048 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12049 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12050 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12051
12052 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12053 }
12054
12055 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12056 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12057 content of the bp_location array. */
12058
12059 static void
12060 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12061 {
12062 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12063
12064 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12065 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12066
12067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12068 {
12069 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12070
12071 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12072 continue;
12073
12074 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12075 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12076
12077 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12078 addr = bl->address - start;
12079 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12080 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12081
12082 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12083
12084 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12085 addr = end - bl->address;
12086 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12087 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12088 }
12089 }
12090
12091 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12092
12093 static void
12094 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12095 {
12096 struct breakpoint *b;
12097 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12098
12099 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12100 return;
12101
12102 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12103
12104 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12105 {
12106 struct bp_location *bl;
12107 struct tracepoint *t;
12108 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12109
12110 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12111 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12112 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12113 continue;
12114
12115 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12116 {
12117 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12118 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12119 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12120 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12121 continue;
12122
12123 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12124
12125 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12126
12127 bl->inserted = 1;
12128 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12129 }
12130 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12131 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12132 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12133 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12134 }
12135
12136 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12137 }
12138
12139 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12140
12141 static void
12142 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12143 {
12144 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12145 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12146 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12147 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12148
12149 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12150 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12151 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12152 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12153 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12154
12155 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12156 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12157 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12158 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12159 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12160 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12161 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12162 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12163 }
12164
12165 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12166 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12167 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12168 the target. */
12169
12170 static void
12171 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12172 {
12173 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12174 struct bp_location *loc;
12175 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12176 int pspace_num;
12177
12178 address = bl->address;
12179 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12180
12181 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12182 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12183 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12184 side. */
12185 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12186 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12187 return;
12188
12189 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12190 the same program space as the location
12191 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12192 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12194 {
12195 loc = *loc2p;
12196
12197 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12198 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12199 continue;
12200
12201 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12202 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12203 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12204 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12205 that have already been marked. */
12206 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12207
12208 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12209 it later on. */
12210 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12211 {
12212 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12213 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12214 }
12215 }
12216 }
12217
12218 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12219 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12220 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12221 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12222 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12223 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12224 returns true on them.
12225
12226 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12227 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12228 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12229 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12230 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12231 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12232
12233 static void
12234 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12235 {
12236 struct breakpoint *b;
12237 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12238 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12239 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12240 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12241 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12242 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12243
12244 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12245 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12246 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12247 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12248 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12249 once. */
12250 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12251 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12252 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12253 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12254
12255 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12256 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12257 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12258 unsigned old_location_count;
12259
12260 old_location = bp_location;
12261 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12262 bp_location = NULL;
12263 bp_location_count = 0;
12264 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12265
12266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12267 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12268 bp_location_count++;
12269
12270 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12271 locp = bp_location;
12272 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12273 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12274 *locp++ = loc;
12275 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12276 bp_location_compare);
12277
12278 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12279
12280 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12281 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12282 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12283 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12284 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12285 location.
12286
12287 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12288 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12289
12290 locp = bp_location;
12291 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12292 old_locp++)
12293 {
12294 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12295 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12296
12297 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12298 not, we have to free it. */
12299 int found_object = 0;
12300 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12301 int keep_in_target = 0;
12302 int removed = 0;
12303
12304 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12305 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12306 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12307 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12308 locp++;
12309
12310 for (loc2p = locp;
12311 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12312 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12313 loc2p++)
12314 {
12315 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12316 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12317 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12318 place there. */
12319 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12320 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12321 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12322 {
12323 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12324 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12325 }
12326
12327 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12328 found_object = 1;
12329 }
12330
12331 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12332 have to go through updates again. */
12333 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12334
12335 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12336 if (!found_object)
12337 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12338
12339 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12340 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12341 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12342 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12343 at certain location is not inserted. */
12344
12345 if (old_loc->inserted)
12346 {
12347 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12348 it. */
12349
12350 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12351 {
12352 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12353 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12354 keep_in_target = 1;
12355 }
12356 else
12357 {
12358 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12359 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12360 remove its target-side condition. */
12361
12362 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12363 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12364 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12365 this one from the target. */
12366
12367 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12368 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12369 {
12370 for (loc2p = locp;
12371 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12372 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12373 loc2p++)
12374 {
12375 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12376
12377 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12378 {
12379 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12380 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12381 supported, but the latter are. */
12382 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12383 {
12384 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12385 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12386 }
12387
12388 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12389 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12390 unduplicated. */
12391 if (loc2 != old_loc
12392 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12393 {
12394 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12395 keep_in_target = 1;
12396 break;
12397 }
12398 }
12399 }
12400 }
12401 }
12402
12403 if (!keep_in_target)
12404 {
12405 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12406 {
12407 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12408 this location on the global list, and try to
12409 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12410 reason why we will succeed next time.
12411
12412 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12413 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12414 only after calling us. */
12415 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12416 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12417 old_loc->owner->number);
12418 }
12419 removed = 1;
12420 }
12421 }
12422
12423 if (!found_object)
12424 {
12425 if (removed && non_stop
12426 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12427 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12428 {
12429 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12430 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12431 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12432 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12433 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12434 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12435 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12436 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12437 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12438 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12439 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12440 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12441 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12442 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12443 SIGTRAP.
12444
12445 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12446 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12447
12448 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12449 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12450 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12451 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12452 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12453 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12454 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12455 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12456 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12457 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12458 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12459 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12460 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12461 thread_count.
12462
12463 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12464 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12465 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12466 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12467
12468 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12469 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12470 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12471 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12472 traps we can no longer explain. */
12473
12474 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12475 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12476
12477 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12478 }
12479 else
12480 {
12481 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12482 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12483 }
12484 }
12485 }
12486
12487 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12488 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12489 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12490 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12491 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12492 are sorted first for the same address.
12493
12494 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12495 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12496
12497 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12498 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12499 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12500 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12501 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12502 {
12503 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12504 non-NULL. */
12505 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12506 b = loc->owner;
12507
12508 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12509 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12510 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12511 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12512 `struct bp_location'. */
12513 || is_tracepoint (b))
12514 {
12515 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12516 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12517 continue;
12518 }
12519
12520 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12521 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12522 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12523 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12524 "actually inserted"));
12525
12526 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12527 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12528 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12529 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12530 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12531 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12532 else
12533 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12534
12535 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12536 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12537 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12538 {
12539 *loc_first_p = loc;
12540 loc->duplicate = 0;
12541
12542 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12543 {
12544 loc->needs_update = 1;
12545 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12546 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12547 }
12548 continue;
12549 }
12550
12551
12552 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12553 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12554 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12555 if (loc->inserted)
12556 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12557 loc->duplicate = 1;
12558
12559 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12560 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12561
12562 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12563 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12564 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12565 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12566 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12567 }
12568
12569 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12570 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12571 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12572 {
12573 if (should_insert)
12574 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12575 else
12576 {
12577 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12578 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12579 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12580 "needs_update". */
12581 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12582 }
12583 }
12584
12585 if (should_insert)
12586 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12587
12588 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12589 }
12590
12591 void
12592 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12593 {
12594 struct bp_location *loc;
12595 int ix;
12596
12597 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12598 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12599 {
12600 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12601 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12602 --ix;
12603 }
12604 }
12605
12606 static void
12607 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12608 {
12609 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12610
12611 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12612 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12613 }
12614
12615 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12616
12617 static void
12618 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12619 {
12620 bpstat bs;
12621
12622 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12623 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12624 {
12625 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12626 bs->old_val = NULL;
12627 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12628 }
12629 }
12630
12631 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12632 static int
12633 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12634 {
12635 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12636
12637 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12638 return 0;
12639 }
12640
12641 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12642 callbacks. */
12643
12644 static void
12645 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12646 {
12647 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12648 struct value_print_options opts;
12649
12650 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12651
12652 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12653 single string. */
12654 if (b->loc == NULL)
12655 {
12656 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12657 }
12658 else
12659 {
12660 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12661 {
12662 printf_filtered (" at ");
12663 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12664 gdb_stdout);
12665 }
12666 if (b->loc->source_file)
12667 {
12668 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12669 more nicely. */
12670 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12671 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12672 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12673 else
12674 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12675 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12676 real situation somewhat. */
12677 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12678 }
12679
12680 if (b->loc->next)
12681 {
12682 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12683 int n = 0;
12684 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12685 ++n;
12686 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12687 }
12688 }
12689 }
12690
12691 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12692
12693 static void
12694 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12695 {
12696 xfree (self->cond);
12697 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12698 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12699 xfree (self->function_name);
12700 xfree (self->source_file);
12701 }
12702
12703 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12704 {
12705 bp_location_dtor
12706 };
12707
12708 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12709 inherit from. */
12710
12711 static void
12712 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12713 {
12714 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12715 xfree (self->cond_string);
12716 xfree (self->addr_string);
12717 xfree (self->filter);
12718 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12719 }
12720
12721 static struct bp_location *
12722 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12723 {
12724 struct bp_location *loc;
12725
12726 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12727 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12728 return loc;
12729 }
12730
12731 static void
12732 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12733 {
12734 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12735 }
12736
12737 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12738 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12739
12740 static int
12741 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12742 {
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12744 }
12745
12746 static int
12747 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12748 {
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 }
12751
12752 static int
12753 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12754 struct address_space *aspace,
12755 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12756 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12757 {
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12759 }
12760
12761 static void
12762 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12763 {
12764 /* Always stop. */
12765 }
12766
12767 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12768 errors. */
12769
12770 static int
12771 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12772 {
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12774 }
12775
12776 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12777 errors. */
12778
12779 static int
12780 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12781 {
12782 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12783 }
12784
12785 static enum print_stop_action
12786 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12787 {
12788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12789 }
12790
12791 static void
12792 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12793 struct ui_out *uiout)
12794 {
12795 /* nothing */
12796 }
12797
12798 static void
12799 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12800 {
12801 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12802 }
12803
12804 static void
12805 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12806 {
12807 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12808 }
12809
12810 static void
12811 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12812 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12813 enum bptype type_wanted,
12814 char *addr_start,
12815 char **copy_arg)
12816 {
12817 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 }
12819
12820 static void
12821 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12822 struct linespec_result *c,
12823 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12824 char *cond_string,
12825 char *extra_string,
12826 enum bptype type_wanted,
12827 enum bpdisp disposition,
12828 int thread,
12829 int task, int ignore_count,
12830 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12831 int from_tty, int enabled,
12832 int internal, unsigned flags)
12833 {
12834 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12835 }
12836
12837 static void
12838 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12839 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12840 {
12841 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12842 }
12843
12844 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12845 {
12846 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12847 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12848 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12849 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12850 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12851 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12852 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12853 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12854 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12855 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12856 NULL,
12857 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12858 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12859 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12860 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12861 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12862 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12863 };
12864
12865 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12866
12867 static void
12868 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12869 {
12870 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12871 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12872 {
12873 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12874 delete_breakpoint (b);
12875 return;
12876 }
12877
12878 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12879 }
12880
12881 static int
12882 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12883 {
12884 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12885 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12886 &bl->target_info);
12887 else
12888 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12889 &bl->target_info);
12890 }
12891
12892 static int
12893 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12894 {
12895 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12896 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12897 else
12898 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12899 }
12900
12901 static int
12902 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12905 {
12906 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12907
12908 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12909 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12910 return 0;
12911
12912 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12913 aspace, bp_addr))
12914 return 0;
12915
12916 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12917 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12918 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12919 return 0;
12920
12921 return 1;
12922 }
12923
12924 static int
12925 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12926 {
12927 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12928
12929 return 1;
12930 }
12931
12932 static enum print_stop_action
12933 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12934 {
12935 struct breakpoint *b;
12936 const struct bp_location *bl;
12937 int bp_temp;
12938 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12939
12940 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12941
12942 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12943 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12944
12945 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12946 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12947 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12948 bl->address,
12949 b->number, 1);
12950 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12951 if (bp_temp)
12952 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12953 else
12954 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12955 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12956 {
12957 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12958 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12960 }
12961 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12962 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12963
12964 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12965 }
12966
12967 static void
12968 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12969 {
12970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12971 return;
12972
12973 switch (b->type)
12974 {
12975 case bp_breakpoint:
12976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12977 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12978 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12979 else
12980 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12981 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12982 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12983 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12984 break;
12985 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12986 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12987 break;
12988 case bp_dprintf:
12989 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12990 break;
12991 }
12992
12993 say_where (b);
12994 }
12995
12996 static void
12997 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12998 {
12999 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13000 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13001 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13002 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13003 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13004 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13005 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13006 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13008 else
13009 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13010 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13011
13012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13013 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13014 }
13015
13016 static void
13017 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13018 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13019 enum bptype type_wanted,
13020 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13021 {
13022 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13023 addr_start, copy_arg);
13024 }
13025
13026 static void
13027 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13028 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13029 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13030 char *cond_string,
13031 char *extra_string,
13032 enum bptype type_wanted,
13033 enum bpdisp disposition,
13034 int thread,
13035 int task, int ignore_count,
13036 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13037 int from_tty, int enabled,
13038 int internal, unsigned flags)
13039 {
13040 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13041 cond_string, extra_string,
13042 type_wanted,
13043 disposition, thread, task,
13044 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13045 enabled, internal, flags);
13046 }
13047
13048 static void
13049 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13050 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13051 {
13052 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13053 }
13054
13055 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13056
13057 static void
13058 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13059 {
13060 switch (b->type)
13061 {
13062 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13063 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13064 case bp_overlay_event:
13065 case bp_longjmp_master:
13066 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13067 case bp_exception_master:
13068 delete_breakpoint (b);
13069 break;
13070
13071 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13072 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13073 case bp_shlib_event:
13074
13075 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13076 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13077 case bp_thread_event:
13078 break;
13079 }
13080 }
13081
13082 static void
13083 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13084 {
13085 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13086 {
13087 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13088 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13089 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13090 objects (among other things). */
13091 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13092 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13093 }
13094 else
13095 bs->stop = 0;
13096 }
13097
13098 static enum print_stop_action
13099 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13100 {
13101 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13102 struct breakpoint *b;
13103
13104 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13105
13106 switch (b->type)
13107 {
13108 case bp_shlib_event:
13109 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13110 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13111 to shlib event" message.) */
13112 print_solib_event (0);
13113 break;
13114
13115 case bp_thread_event:
13116 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13117 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13118 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13119 break;
13120
13121 case bp_overlay_event:
13122 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13123 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13124 break;
13125
13126 case bp_longjmp_master:
13127 /* These should never be enabled. */
13128 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13129 break;
13130
13131 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13132 /* These should never be enabled. */
13133 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13134 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13135 break;
13136
13137 case bp_exception_master:
13138 /* These should never be enabled. */
13139 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13140 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13141 break;
13142 }
13143
13144 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13145 }
13146
13147 static void
13148 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13149 {
13150 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13151 }
13152
13153 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13154
13155 static void
13156 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13157 {
13158 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13159 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13160 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13161 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13162 }
13163
13164 static void
13165 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13166 {
13167 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13168 }
13169
13170 static enum print_stop_action
13171 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13172 {
13173 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13174
13175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13176 {
13177 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13178
13179 switch (b->type)
13180 {
13181 case bp_finish:
13182 ui_out_field_string
13183 (uiout, "reason",
13184 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13185 break;
13186
13187 case bp_until:
13188 ui_out_field_string
13189 (uiout, "reason",
13190 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13191 break;
13192 }
13193 }
13194
13195 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13196 }
13197
13198 static void
13199 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13200 {
13201 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13202 }
13203
13204 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13205
13206 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13207 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13208
13209 static void
13210 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13211 {
13212 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13213
13214 if (tp)
13215 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13216
13217 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13218 }
13219
13220 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13221
13222 static int
13223 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13224 {
13225 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13226
13227 if (v == 0)
13228 {
13229 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13230 if needed. */
13231 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13232 }
13233
13234 return v;
13235 }
13236
13237 static int
13238 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13239 {
13240 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13241 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13242
13243 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13244 }
13245
13246 static void
13247 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13248 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13249 enum bptype type_wanted,
13250 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13251 {
13252 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13253
13254 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13255
13256 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13257 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13258
13259 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13260 }
13261
13262 static void
13263 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13264 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13265 {
13266 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13267 if (!sals->sals)
13268 error (_("probe not found"));
13269 }
13270
13271 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13272
13273 static void
13274 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13275 {
13276 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13277 }
13278
13279 static int
13280 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13281 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13282 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13283 {
13284 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13285 tracepoints. */
13286 return 0;
13287 }
13288
13289 static void
13290 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13291 struct ui_out *uiout)
13292 {
13293 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13294 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13295 {
13296 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13297
13298 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13299 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13300 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13302 }
13303 }
13304
13305 static void
13306 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13307 {
13308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13309 return;
13310
13311 switch (b->type)
13312 {
13313 case bp_tracepoint:
13314 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13315 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13316 break;
13317 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13318 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13319 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13320 break;
13321 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13322 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13323 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13324 break;
13325 default:
13326 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13327 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13328 }
13329
13330 say_where (b);
13331 }
13332
13333 static void
13334 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13335 {
13336 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13337
13338 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13340 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13341 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13342 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13343 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13344 else
13345 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13346 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13347
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13349 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13350
13351 if (tp->pass_count)
13352 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13353 }
13354
13355 static void
13356 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13357 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13358 enum bptype type_wanted,
13359 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13360 {
13361 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13362 addr_start, copy_arg);
13363 }
13364
13365 static void
13366 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13367 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13368 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13369 char *cond_string,
13370 char *extra_string,
13371 enum bptype type_wanted,
13372 enum bpdisp disposition,
13373 int thread,
13374 int task, int ignore_count,
13375 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13376 int from_tty, int enabled,
13377 int internal, unsigned flags)
13378 {
13379 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13380 cond_string, extra_string,
13381 type_wanted,
13382 disposition, thread, task,
13383 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13384 enabled, internal, flags);
13385 }
13386
13387 static void
13388 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13389 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13390 {
13391 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13392 }
13393
13394 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13395
13396 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13397 static probe. */
13398
13399 static void
13400 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13401 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13402 enum bptype type_wanted,
13403 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13404 {
13405 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13406 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13407 addr_start, copy_arg);
13408 }
13409
13410 static void
13411 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13412 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13413 {
13414 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13415 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13416 }
13417
13418 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13419
13420 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13421 markers (`-m'). */
13422
13423 static void
13424 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13425 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13426 enum bptype type_wanted,
13427 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13428 {
13429 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13430
13431 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13432
13433 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13434
13435 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13436 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13437 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13438 }
13439
13440 static void
13441 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13442 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13443 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13444 char *cond_string,
13445 char *extra_string,
13446 enum bptype type_wanted,
13447 enum bpdisp disposition,
13448 int thread,
13449 int task, int ignore_count,
13450 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13451 int from_tty, int enabled,
13452 int internal, unsigned flags)
13453 {
13454 int i;
13455
13456 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13457 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13458 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13459 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13460 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13461 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13462
13463 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13464 {
13465 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13466 struct tracepoint *tp;
13467 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13468 char *addr_string;
13469
13470 expanded.nelts = 1;
13471 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13472
13473 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13474 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13475
13476 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13477 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13478 addr_string, NULL,
13479 cond_string, extra_string,
13480 type_wanted, disposition,
13481 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13482 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13483 canonical->special_display);
13484 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13485 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13486 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13487 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13488 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13489 corresponds to this one */
13490 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13491
13492 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13493
13494 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13495 }
13496 }
13497
13498 static void
13499 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13500 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13501 {
13502 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13503
13504 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13505 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13506 {
13507 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13508 sals->nelts = 1;
13509 }
13510 else
13511 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13512 }
13513
13514 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13515
13516 static int
13517 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13518 {
13519 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13520 }
13521
13522 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13523 structures. */
13524
13525 void
13526 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13527 {
13528 struct breakpoint *b;
13529
13530 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13531
13532 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13533 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13534 especial culprits.
13535
13536 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13537 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13538 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13539 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13540 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13541 deleted.
13542
13543 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13544 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13545 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13546 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13547 was chosen. */
13548 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13549 return;
13550
13551 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13552 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13553 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13554 {
13555 struct breakpoint *related;
13556 struct watchpoint *w;
13557
13558 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13559 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13560 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13561 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13562 else
13563 w = NULL;
13564 if (w != NULL)
13565 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13566
13567 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13568 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13569 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13570 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13571 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13572 }
13573
13574 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13575 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13576 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13577 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13578 if (bpt->number)
13579 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13580
13581 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13582 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13583
13584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13585 if (b->next == bpt)
13586 {
13587 b->next = bpt->next;
13588 break;
13589 }
13590
13591 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13592 been freed. */
13593 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13594 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13595 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13596 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13597 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13598 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13599 commands won't work. */
13600
13601 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13602
13603 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13604 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13605 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13606 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13607 might be better design to have location completely
13608 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13609 update_global_location_list (0);
13610
13611 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13612 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13613 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13614 bpt->type = bp_none;
13615 xfree (bpt);
13616 }
13617
13618 static void
13619 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13620 {
13621 delete_breakpoint (b);
13622 }
13623
13624 struct cleanup *
13625 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13626 {
13627 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13628 }
13629
13630 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13631 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13632
13633 static void
13634 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13635 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13636 void *),
13637 void *data)
13638 {
13639 struct breakpoint *related;
13640
13641 related = b;
13642 do
13643 {
13644 struct breakpoint *next;
13645
13646 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13647 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13648
13649 if (next == related)
13650 {
13651 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13652 function (related, data);
13653
13654 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13655 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13656 out. */
13657 break;
13658 }
13659 else
13660 function (related, data);
13661
13662 related = next;
13663 }
13664 while (related != b);
13665 }
13666
13667 static void
13668 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13669 {
13670 delete_breakpoint (b);
13671 }
13672
13673 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13674 delete_breakpoint. */
13675
13676 static void
13677 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13678 {
13679 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13680 }
13681
13682 void
13683 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13684 {
13685 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13686
13687 dont_repeat ();
13688
13689 if (arg == 0)
13690 {
13691 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13692
13693 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13694 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13695 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13697 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13698 {
13699 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13700 break;
13701 }
13702
13703 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13704 if (!from_tty
13705 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13706 {
13707 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13708 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13709 delete_breakpoint (b);
13710 }
13711 }
13712 else
13713 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13714 }
13715
13716 static int
13717 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13718 {
13719 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13720 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13721 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13722 return 0;
13723 return 1;
13724 }
13725
13726 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13727 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13728 Null names are ignored. */
13729
13730 static int
13731 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13732 {
13733 struct bp_location *l;
13734 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13735 (int (*) (const void *,
13736 const void *)) streq,
13737 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13738
13739 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13740 {
13741 const char **slot;
13742 const char *name = l->function_name;
13743
13744 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13745 if (name == NULL)
13746 continue;
13747
13748 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13749 INSERT);
13750 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13751 returns NULL. */
13752 if (*slot != NULL)
13753 {
13754 htab_delete (htab);
13755 return 1;
13756 }
13757 *slot = name;
13758 }
13759
13760 htab_delete (htab);
13761 return 0;
13762 }
13763
13764 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13765 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13766 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13767 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13768 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13769 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13770 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13771 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13772 The heuristic is:
13773
13774 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13775 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13776 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13777 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13778 in the sources, and output a warning.
13779
13780 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13781 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13782 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13783 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13784 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13785 warning.
13786
13787 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13788 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13789 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13790 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13791 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13792 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13793 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13794 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13795 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13796
13797 static struct symtab_and_line
13798 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13799 {
13800 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13801 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13802 CORE_ADDR pc;
13803
13804 pc = sal.pc;
13805 if (sal.line)
13806 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13807
13808 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13809 {
13810 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13811 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13812 b->number,
13813 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13814
13815 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13816 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13817 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13818
13819 return sal;
13820 }
13821
13822 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13823 by string ID. */
13824 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13825 && sal.line != 0
13826 && sal.symtab != NULL
13827 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13828 {
13829 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13830
13831 markers
13832 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13833
13834 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13835 {
13836 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13837 struct symbol *sym;
13838 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13839 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13840
13841 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13842
13843 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13844 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13845
13846 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13847 "found at previous line number"),
13848 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13849
13850 init_sal (&sal2);
13851
13852 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13853
13854 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13855 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13856 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13857 if (sym)
13858 {
13859 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13860 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13861 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13862 }
13863 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13864 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13865
13866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13867 {
13868 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13869
13870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13871 }
13872
13873 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13875
13876 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13877
13878 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13879 if (sym)
13880 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13881 else
13882 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13883
13884 xfree (b->addr_string);
13885 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13886 sal2.symtab->filename,
13887 b->loc->line_number);
13888
13889 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13890 so. */
13891
13892 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13893 }
13894 }
13895 return sal;
13896 }
13897
13898 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13899 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13900
13901 static int
13902 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13903 {
13904 while (a && b)
13905 {
13906 if (a->address != b->address)
13907 return 0;
13908
13909 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13910 return 0;
13911
13912 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13913 return 0;
13914
13915 a = a->next;
13916 b = b->next;
13917 }
13918
13919 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13920 return 0;
13921
13922 return 1;
13923 }
13924
13925 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13926 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13927 a ranged breakpoint. */
13928
13929 void
13930 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13931 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13932 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13933 {
13934 int i;
13935 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13936
13937 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13938 {
13939 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13940 location. */
13941 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13942 update_global_location_list (1);
13943 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13944 "multiple locations found\n"),
13945 b->number);
13946 return;
13947 }
13948
13949 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13950 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13951 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13952 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13953 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13954 individual locations. */
13955 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13956 return;
13957
13958 b->loc = NULL;
13959
13960 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13961 {
13962 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13963
13964 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13965
13966 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13967
13968 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13969 old symtab. */
13970 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13971 {
13972 char *s;
13973 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13974
13975 s = b->cond_string;
13976 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13977 {
13978 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13979 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13980 0);
13981 }
13982 if (e.reason < 0)
13983 {
13984 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13985 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13986 b->number, e.message);
13987 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13988 }
13989 }
13990
13991 if (sals_end.nelts)
13992 {
13993 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13994
13995 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13996 }
13997 }
13998
13999 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14000 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14001 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14002
14003 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14004 breakpoints. */
14005 {
14006 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14007 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14008 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14009 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14010 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14011 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14012 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14013
14014 for (; e; e = e->next)
14015 {
14016 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14017 {
14018 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14019 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14020 {
14021 for (; l; l = l->next)
14022 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14023 {
14024 l->enabled = 0;
14025 break;
14026 }
14027 }
14028 else
14029 {
14030 for (; l; l = l->next)
14031 if (l->function_name
14032 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14033 {
14034 l->enabled = 0;
14035 break;
14036 }
14037 }
14038 }
14039 }
14040 }
14041
14042 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14043 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14044
14045 update_global_location_list (1);
14046 }
14047
14048 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14049 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14050
14051 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14052 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14053 {
14054 char *s;
14055 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14056 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14057
14058 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14059 s = addr_string;
14060
14061 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14062 {
14063 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14064 }
14065 if (e.reason < 0)
14066 {
14067 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14068 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14069 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14070 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14071 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14072 state, then user already saw the message about that
14073 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14074 errors. */
14075 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14076 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14077 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14078 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14079 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14080 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14081
14082 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14083 {
14084 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14085 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14086 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14087 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14088 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14089 which approach is better. */
14090 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14091 throw_exception (e);
14092 }
14093 }
14094
14095 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14096 {
14097 int i;
14098
14099 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14100 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14101 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14102 {
14103 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14104 int thread, task;
14105
14106 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14107 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14108 &extra_string);
14109 if (cond_string)
14110 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14111 b->thread = thread;
14112 b->task = task;
14113 if (extra_string)
14114 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14115 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14116 }
14117
14118 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14119 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14120
14121 *found = 1;
14122 }
14123 else
14124 *found = 0;
14125
14126 return sals;
14127 }
14128
14129 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14130 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14131 locations. */
14132
14133 static void
14134 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14135 {
14136 int found;
14137 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14138 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14139 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14140
14141 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14142 if (found)
14143 {
14144 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14145 expanded = sals;
14146 }
14147
14148 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14149 {
14150 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14151 if (found)
14152 {
14153 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14154 expanded_end = sals_end;
14155 }
14156 }
14157
14158 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14159 }
14160
14161 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14162 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14163
14164 static void
14165 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14166 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14167 enum bptype type_wanted,
14168 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14169 {
14170 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14171 }
14172
14173 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14174 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14175 breakpoint_ops. */
14176
14177 static void
14178 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14179 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14180 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14181 char *cond_string,
14182 char *extra_string,
14183 enum bptype type_wanted,
14184 enum bpdisp disposition,
14185 int thread,
14186 int task, int ignore_count,
14187 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14188 int from_tty, int enabled,
14189 int internal, unsigned flags)
14190 {
14191 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14192 extra_string,
14193 type_wanted, disposition,
14194 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14195 enabled, internal, flags);
14196 }
14197
14198 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14199 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14200
14201 static void
14202 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14203 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14204 {
14205 struct linespec_result canonical;
14206
14207 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14208 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14209 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14210 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14211 b->filter);
14212
14213 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14214 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14215
14216 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14217 {
14218 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14219
14220 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14221 *sals = lsal->sals;
14222 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14223 contents. */
14224 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14225 }
14226
14227 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14228 }
14229
14230 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14231
14232 static struct cleanup *
14233 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14234 {
14235 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14236
14237 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14238 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14239 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14240 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14241 set_language (b->language);
14242
14243 return cleanups;
14244 }
14245
14246 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14247 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14248 Unused in this case. */
14249
14250 static int
14251 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14252 {
14253 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14254 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14255 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14256
14257 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14258 b->ops->re_set (b);
14259 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14260 return 0;
14261 }
14262
14263 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14264 void
14265 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14266 {
14267 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14268 enum language save_language;
14269 int save_input_radix;
14270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14271
14272 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14273 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14274 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14275
14276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14277 {
14278 /* Format possible error msg. */
14279 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14280 b->number);
14281 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14282 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14283 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14284 }
14285 set_language (save_language);
14286 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14287
14288 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14289
14290 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14291
14292 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14293 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14294 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14295 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14296 }
14297 \f
14298 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14299
14300 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14301 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14302 void
14303 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14304 {
14305 if (b->thread != -1)
14306 {
14307 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14308 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14309
14310 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14311 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14312 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14313 as well. */
14314 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14315 }
14316 }
14317
14318 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14319 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14320 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14321
14322 void
14323 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14324 {
14325 struct breakpoint *b;
14326
14327 if (count < 0)
14328 count = 0;
14329
14330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14331 if (b->number == bptnum)
14332 {
14333 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14334 {
14335 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14336 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14337 bptnum);
14338 return;
14339 }
14340
14341 b->ignore_count = count;
14342 if (from_tty)
14343 {
14344 if (count == 0)
14345 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14346 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14347 bptnum);
14348 else if (count == 1)
14349 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14350 bptnum);
14351 else
14352 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14353 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14354 count, bptnum);
14355 }
14356 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14357 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14358 return;
14359 }
14360
14361 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14362 }
14363
14364 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14365
14366 static void
14367 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14368 {
14369 char *p = args;
14370 int num;
14371
14372 if (p == 0)
14373 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14374
14375 num = get_number (&p);
14376 if (num == 0)
14377 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14378 if (*p == 0)
14379 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14380
14381 set_ignore_count (num,
14382 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14383 from_tty);
14384 if (from_tty)
14385 printf_filtered ("\n");
14386 }
14387 \f
14388 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14389 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14390
14391 static void
14392 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14393 void *),
14394 void *data)
14395 {
14396 int num;
14397 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14398 int match;
14399 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14400
14401 if (args == 0)
14402 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14403
14404 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14405
14406 while (!state.finished)
14407 {
14408 char *p = state.string;
14409
14410 match = 0;
14411
14412 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14413 if (num == 0)
14414 {
14415 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14416 }
14417 else
14418 {
14419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14420 if (b->number == num)
14421 {
14422 match = 1;
14423 function (b, data);
14424 break;
14425 }
14426 if (match == 0)
14427 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14428 }
14429 }
14430 }
14431
14432 static struct bp_location *
14433 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14434 {
14435 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14436 char *p1;
14437 int bp_num;
14438 int loc_num;
14439 struct breakpoint *b;
14440 struct bp_location *loc;
14441
14442 *dot = '\0';
14443
14444 p1 = number;
14445 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14446 if (bp_num == 0)
14447 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14448
14449 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14450 if (b->number == bp_num)
14451 {
14452 break;
14453 }
14454
14455 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14456 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14457
14458 p1 = dot+1;
14459 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14460 if (loc_num == 0)
14461 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14462
14463 --loc_num;
14464 loc = b->loc;
14465 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14466 ;
14467 if (!loc)
14468 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14469
14470 return loc;
14471 }
14472
14473
14474 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14475 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14476 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14477
14478 void
14479 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14480 {
14481 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14482 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14483 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14484 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14485 return;
14486
14487 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14488 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14489 return;
14490
14491 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14492
14493 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14494 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14495
14496 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14497 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14498 {
14499 struct bp_location *location;
14500
14501 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14502 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14503 }
14504
14505 update_global_location_list (0);
14506
14507 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14508 }
14509
14510 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14511
14512 static void
14513 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14514 {
14515 disable_breakpoint (b);
14516 }
14517
14518 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14519 disable_breakpoint. */
14520
14521 static void
14522 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14523 {
14524 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14525 }
14526
14527 static void
14528 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14529 {
14530 if (args == 0)
14531 {
14532 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14533
14534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14535 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14536 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14537 }
14538 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14539 {
14540 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14541 if (loc)
14542 {
14543 if (loc->enabled)
14544 {
14545 loc->enabled = 0;
14546 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14547 }
14548 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14549 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14550 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14551 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14552 }
14553 update_global_location_list (0);
14554 }
14555 else
14556 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14557 }
14558
14559 static void
14560 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14561 int count)
14562 {
14563 int target_resources_ok;
14564
14565 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14566 {
14567 int i;
14568 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14569 target_resources_ok =
14570 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14571 i + 1, 0);
14572 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14573 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14574 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14575 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14576 }
14577
14578 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14579 {
14580 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14581 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14582 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14583
14584 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14585 {
14586 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14587
14588 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14589 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14590 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14591 }
14592 if (e.reason < 0)
14593 {
14594 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14595 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14596 bpt->number);
14597 return;
14598 }
14599 }
14600
14601 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14602 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14603
14604 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14605
14606 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14607 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14608
14609 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14610 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14611 {
14612 struct bp_location *location;
14613
14614 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14615 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14616 }
14617
14618 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14619 bpt->enable_count = count;
14620 update_global_location_list (1);
14621 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14622
14623 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14624 }
14625
14626
14627 void
14628 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14629 {
14630 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14631 }
14632
14633 static void
14634 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14635 {
14636 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14637 }
14638
14639 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14640 enable_breakpoint. */
14641
14642 static void
14643 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14644 {
14645 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14646 }
14647
14648 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14649 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14650 in stopping the inferior. */
14651
14652 static void
14653 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14654 {
14655 if (args == 0)
14656 {
14657 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14658
14659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14660 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14661 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14662 }
14663 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14664 {
14665 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14666 if (loc)
14667 {
14668 if (!loc->enabled)
14669 {
14670 loc->enabled = 1;
14671 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14672 }
14673 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14674 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14675 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14676 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14677 }
14678 update_global_location_list (1);
14679 }
14680 else
14681 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14682 }
14683
14684 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14685 breakpoints. */
14686
14687 struct disp_data
14688 {
14689 enum bpdisp disp;
14690 int count;
14691 };
14692
14693 static void
14694 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14695 {
14696 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14697
14698 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14699 }
14700
14701 static void
14702 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14703 {
14704 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14705
14706 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14707 }
14708
14709 static void
14710 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14711 {
14712 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14713 }
14714
14715 static void
14716 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14717 {
14718 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14719
14720 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14721 }
14722
14723 static void
14724 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14725 {
14726 int count = get_number (&args);
14727
14728 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14729 }
14730
14731 static void
14732 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14733 {
14734 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14735
14736 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14737 }
14738
14739 static void
14740 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14741 {
14742 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14743 }
14744 \f
14745 static void
14746 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14747 {
14748 }
14749
14750 static void
14751 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14752 {
14753 }
14754
14755 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14756 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14757 GDB itself. */
14758
14759 static void
14760 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14761 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14762 const bfd_byte *data)
14763 {
14764 struct breakpoint *bp;
14765
14766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14767 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14768 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14769 {
14770 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14771
14772 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14773 {
14774 struct bp_location *loc;
14775
14776 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14777 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14778 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14779 && addr + len > loc->address)
14780 {
14781 value_free (wp->val);
14782 wp->val = NULL;
14783 wp->val_valid = 0;
14784 }
14785 }
14786 }
14787 }
14788
14789 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14790 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14791 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14792 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14793 someday. */
14794
14795 void *
14796 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14797 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14798 {
14799 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14800
14801 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14802
14803 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14804 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14805
14806 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14807 {
14808 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14809 xfree (bp_tgt);
14810 return NULL;
14811 }
14812
14813 return bp_tgt;
14814 }
14815
14816 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14817 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14818
14819 int
14820 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14821 {
14822 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14823 int ret;
14824
14825 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14826 xfree (bp_tgt);
14827
14828 return ret;
14829 }
14830
14831 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14832 stepping. */
14833
14834 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14835 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14836
14837 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14838
14839 void
14840 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14841 struct address_space *aspace,
14842 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14843 {
14844 void **bpt_p;
14845
14846 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14847 {
14848 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14849 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14850 }
14851 else
14852 {
14853 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14854 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14855 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14856 }
14857
14858 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14859 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14860 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14861 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14862 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14863 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14864
14865 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14866 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14867 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14868 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14869 }
14870
14871 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14872 were inserted or not. */
14873
14874 int
14875 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14876 {
14877 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14878 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14879 }
14880
14881 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14882
14883 void
14884 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14885 {
14886 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14887
14888 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14889 call. */
14890 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14891 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14892 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14893 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14894
14895 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14896 {
14897 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14898 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14899 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14900 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14901 }
14902 }
14903
14904 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14905 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14906 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14907 exec. */
14908
14909 void
14910 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14911 {
14912 int i;
14913
14914 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14915 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14916 {
14917 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14918 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14919 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14920 }
14921 }
14922
14923 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14924 removing them. */
14925
14926 static void
14927 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14928 {
14929 int i;
14930
14931 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14932 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14933 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14934 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14935 }
14936
14937 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14938 PC. */
14939
14940 static int
14941 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14942 CORE_ADDR pc)
14943 {
14944 int i;
14945
14946 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14947 {
14948 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14949 if (bp_tgt
14950 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14951 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14952 aspace, pc))
14953 return 1;
14954 }
14955
14956 return 0;
14957 }
14958
14959 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14960 non-zero otherwise. */
14961 static int
14962 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14963 {
14964 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14965 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14966 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14967 return 1;
14968 else
14969 return 0;
14970 }
14971
14972 int
14973 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14974 {
14975 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14976 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14977
14978 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14979 }
14980
14981 int
14982 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14983 {
14984 struct breakpoint *bp;
14985
14986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14987 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14988 {
14989 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14990
14991 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14992 {
14993 int i, iter;
14994 for (i = 0;
14995 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14996 i++)
14997 if (syscall_number == iter)
14998 return 1;
14999 }
15000 else
15001 return 1;
15002 }
15003
15004 return 0;
15005 }
15006
15007 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15008 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15009 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15010 char *text, char *word)
15011 {
15012 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15013 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15014 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15015
15016 xfree (list);
15017 return retlist;
15018 }
15019
15020 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15021
15022 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15023 static void
15024 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15025 {
15026 tracepoint_count = num;
15027 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15028 }
15029
15030 static void
15031 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15032 {
15033 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15034 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15035
15036 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15037 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15038 else
15039 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15040
15041 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15042 arg,
15043 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15044 0 /* tempflag */,
15045 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15046 0 /* Ignore count */,
15047 pending_break_support,
15048 ops,
15049 from_tty,
15050 1 /* enabled */,
15051 0 /* internal */, 0);
15052 }
15053
15054 static void
15055 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15056 {
15057 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15058 arg,
15059 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15060 0 /* tempflag */,
15061 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15062 0 /* Ignore count */,
15063 pending_break_support,
15064 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15065 from_tty,
15066 1 /* enabled */,
15067 0 /* internal */, 0);
15068 }
15069
15070 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15071
15072 static void
15073 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15074 {
15075 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15076
15077 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15078 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15079 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15080 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15081 else
15082 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15083
15084 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15085 arg,
15086 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15087 0 /* tempflag */,
15088 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15089 0 /* Ignore count */,
15090 pending_break_support,
15091 ops,
15092 from_tty,
15093 1 /* enabled */,
15094 0 /* internal */, 0);
15095 }
15096
15097 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15098 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15099
15100 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15101 static int next_cmd;
15102
15103 static char *
15104 read_uploaded_action (void)
15105 {
15106 char *rslt;
15107
15108 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15109
15110 next_cmd++;
15111
15112 return rslt;
15113 }
15114
15115 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15116 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15117 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15118 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15119 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15120
15121 struct tracepoint *
15122 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15123 {
15124 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15125 struct tracepoint *tp;
15126
15127 if (utp->at_string)
15128 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15129 else
15130 {
15131 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15132 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15133 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15134 user. */
15135 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15136 "source location, using raw address"),
15137 utp->number);
15138 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15139 addr_str = small_buf;
15140 }
15141
15142 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15143 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15145 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15146 utp->number);
15147
15148 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15149 addr_str,
15150 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15151 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15152 0 /* tempflag */,
15153 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15154 0 /* Ignore count */,
15155 pending_break_support,
15156 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15157 0 /* from_tty */,
15158 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15159 0 /* internal */,
15160 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15161 return NULL;
15162
15163 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15164 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15165 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15166
15167 if (utp->pass > 0)
15168 {
15169 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15170 tp->base.number);
15171
15172 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15173 }
15174
15175 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15176 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15177 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15178 function. */
15179 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15180 {
15181 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15182
15183 this_utp = utp;
15184 next_cmd = 0;
15185
15186 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15187
15188 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15189 }
15190 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15191 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15192 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15193 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15194 utp->number);
15195
15196 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15197 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15198 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15199
15200 return tp;
15201 }
15202
15203 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15204 omitted. */
15205
15206 static void
15207 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15208 {
15209 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15210 int num_printed;
15211
15212 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15213
15214 if (num_printed == 0)
15215 {
15216 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15217 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15218 else
15219 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15220 }
15221
15222 default_collect_info ();
15223 }
15224
15225 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15226 Not supported by all targets. */
15227 static void
15228 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15229 {
15230 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15231 }
15232
15233 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15234 Not supported by all targets. */
15235 static void
15236 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15237 {
15238 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15239 }
15240
15241 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15242 static void
15243 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15244 {
15245 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15246
15247 dont_repeat ();
15248
15249 if (arg == 0)
15250 {
15251 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15252
15253 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15254 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15255 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15256 argument. */
15257 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15258 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15259 {
15260 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15261 break;
15262 }
15263
15264 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15265 if (!from_tty
15266 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15267 {
15268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15269 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15270 delete_breakpoint (b);
15271 }
15272 }
15273 else
15274 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15275 }
15276
15277 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15278
15279 static void
15280 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15281 {
15282 tp->pass_count = count;
15283 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15284 if (from_tty)
15285 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15286 tp->base.number, count);
15287 }
15288
15289 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15290
15291 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15292 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15293 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15294
15295 static void
15296 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15297 {
15298 struct tracepoint *t1;
15299 unsigned int count;
15300
15301 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15302 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15303 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15304
15305 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15306
15307 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15308 args++;
15309
15310 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15311 {
15312 struct breakpoint *b;
15313
15314 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15315 if (*args)
15316 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15317
15318 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15319 {
15320 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15321 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15322 }
15323 }
15324 else if (*args == '\0')
15325 {
15326 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15327 if (t1)
15328 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15329 }
15330 else
15331 {
15332 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15333
15334 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15335 while (!state.finished)
15336 {
15337 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15338 if (t1)
15339 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15340 }
15341 }
15342 }
15343
15344 struct tracepoint *
15345 get_tracepoint (int num)
15346 {
15347 struct breakpoint *t;
15348
15349 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15350 if (t->number == num)
15351 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15352
15353 return NULL;
15354 }
15355
15356 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15357 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15358 reconnecting). */
15359
15360 struct tracepoint *
15361 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15362 {
15363 struct breakpoint *b;
15364
15365 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15366 {
15367 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15368
15369 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15370 return t;
15371 }
15372
15373 return NULL;
15374 }
15375
15376 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15377 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15378 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15379 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15380 struct tracepoint *
15381 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15382 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15383 int optional_p)
15384 {
15385 struct breakpoint *t;
15386 int tpnum;
15387 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15388
15389 if (state)
15390 {
15391 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15392 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15393 }
15394 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15395 {
15396 if (optional_p)
15397 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15398 else
15399 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15400 }
15401 else
15402 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15403
15404 if (tpnum <= 0)
15405 {
15406 if (instring && *instring)
15407 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15408 instring);
15409 else
15410 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15411 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15412 return NULL;
15413 }
15414
15415 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15416 if (t->number == tpnum)
15417 {
15418 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15419 }
15420
15421 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15422 return NULL;
15423 }
15424
15425 void
15426 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15427 {
15428 if (b->thread != -1)
15429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15430
15431 if (b->task != 0)
15432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15433
15434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15435 }
15436
15437 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15438 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15439 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15440 non-zero. */
15441
15442 static void
15443 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15444 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15445 {
15446 struct breakpoint *tp;
15447 int any = 0;
15448 char *pathname;
15449 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15450 struct ui_file *fp;
15451 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15452
15453 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15454 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15455
15456 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15458 {
15459 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15460 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15461 continue;
15462
15463 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15464 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15465 continue;
15466
15467 any = 1;
15468
15469 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15470 {
15471 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15472
15473 /* We can stop searching. */
15474 break;
15475 }
15476 }
15477
15478 if (!any)
15479 {
15480 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15481 return;
15482 }
15483
15484 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15485 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15486 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15487 if (!fp)
15488 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15489 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15490 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15491
15492 if (extra_trace_bits)
15493 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15494
15495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15496 {
15497 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15498 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15499 continue;
15500
15501 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15502 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15503 continue;
15504
15505 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15506
15507 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15508 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15509 instead. */
15510
15511 if (tp->cond_string)
15512 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15513
15514 if (tp->ignore_count)
15515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15516
15517 if (tp->commands)
15518 {
15519 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15520
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15522
15523 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15524 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15525 {
15526 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15527 }
15528 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15529
15530 if (ex.reason < 0)
15531 throw_exception (ex);
15532
15533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15534 }
15535
15536 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15538
15539 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15540 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15541 special, and not user visible. */
15542 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15543 {
15544 struct bp_location *loc;
15545 int n = 1;
15546
15547 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15548 if (!loc->enabled)
15549 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15550 }
15551 }
15552
15553 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15554 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15555
15556 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15557 if (from_tty)
15558 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15559 }
15560
15561 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15562
15563 static void
15564 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15565 {
15566 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15567 }
15568
15569 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15570
15571 static void
15572 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15573 {
15574 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15575 }
15576
15577 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15578
15579 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15580 all_tracepoints (void)
15581 {
15582 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15583 struct breakpoint *tp;
15584
15585 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15586 {
15587 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15588 }
15589
15590 return tp_vec;
15591 }
15592
15593 \f
15594 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15595 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15596 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15597 command. */
15598 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15599 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15600 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15601 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15602 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15603 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15604 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15605 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15606 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15607 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15608 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15609 \n\
15610 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15611 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15612 \n\
15613 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15614 conditions are different.\n\
15615 \n\
15616 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15617
15618 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15619 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15620
15621 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15622 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15623
15624 void
15625 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15626 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15627 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15628 completer_ftype *completer,
15629 void *user_data_catch,
15630 void *user_data_tcatch)
15631 {
15632 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15633
15634 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15635 &catch_cmdlist);
15636 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15637 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15638 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15639
15640 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15641 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15642 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15643 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15644 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15645 }
15646
15647 static void
15648 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15649 {
15650 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15651 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15652
15653 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15654 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15655 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15656 }
15657
15658 static void
15659 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15660 {
15661 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15662 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15663 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15664 }
15665
15666 struct breakpoint *
15667 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15668 void *data)
15669 {
15670 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15671
15672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15673 {
15674 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15675 return b;
15676 }
15677
15678 return NULL;
15679 }
15680
15681 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15682 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15683
15684 static int
15685 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15686 {
15687 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15688 non-inline function. */
15689 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15690 return 1;
15691
15692 return 0;
15693 }
15694
15695 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15696 have been inlined. */
15697
15698 int
15699 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15700 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15701 {
15702 struct breakpoint *b;
15703 struct bp_location *bl;
15704
15705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15706 {
15707 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15708 continue;
15709
15710 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15711 {
15712 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15713 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15714 return 1;
15715 }
15716 }
15717
15718 return 0;
15719 }
15720
15721 void
15722 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15723 {
15724 static int initialized = 0;
15725
15726 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15727
15728 if (initialized)
15729 return;
15730 initialized = 1;
15731
15732 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15733 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15734 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15735 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15736 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15737 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15738 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15739 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15740 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15741 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15742 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15743 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15744
15745 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15746 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15747 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15748 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15749 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15750 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15751 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15752 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15753
15754 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15755 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15756 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15757 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15758 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15759 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15760 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15761 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15762 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15763 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15764
15765 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15766 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15767 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15768 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15769 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15770 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15771 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15772
15773 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15774 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15775 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15776 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15777 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15778 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15779 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15780
15781 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15782 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15783 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15784 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15785
15786 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15787 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15788 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15789 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15790 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15791 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15792 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15793
15794 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15795 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15796 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15797 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15798 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15799 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15800 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15801
15802 /* Watchpoints. */
15803 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15804 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15805 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15806 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15807 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15808 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15809 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15810 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15811 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15812 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15813 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15814 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15815 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15816
15817 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15818 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15819 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15820 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15821 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15822 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15823 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15824 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15825 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15826 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15827 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15828
15829 /* Tracepoints. */
15830 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15833 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15834 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15835 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15836 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15837 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15838 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15839 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15840
15841 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15842 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15843 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15844 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15845 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15846
15847 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15848 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15849 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15850 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15851 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15852 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15853
15854 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15855 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15858 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15859 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15860 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15861 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15862 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15863 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15864
15865 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15866 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15869 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15870 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15871 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15872 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15873 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15874 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15875
15876 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15877 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15878 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15879 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15880 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15881 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15882 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15883 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15884 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15885 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15886 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15887
15888 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15889 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15890 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15891 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15892 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15893 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15894 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15895 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15896 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15897 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15898 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15899
15900 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15901 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15902 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15903 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15904 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15905 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15906 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15907 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15908 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15909 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15910 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15911 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15912
15913 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15914 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15915 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15916 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15917 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15918 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15919 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15920 }
15921
15922 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15923
15924 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15925
15926 void
15927 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15928 {
15929 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15930
15931 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15932
15933 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15934 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15935 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15936
15937 breakpoint_objfile_key
15938 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15939
15940 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15941 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15942 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15943
15944 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15945 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15946 before a breakpoint is set. */
15947 breakpoint_count = 0;
15948
15949 tracepoint_count = 0;
15950
15951 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15952 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15953 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15954 if (xdb_commands)
15955 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15956
15957 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15958 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15959 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15960 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15961 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15962 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15963 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15964 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15965
15966 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15967 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15968 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15969 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15970 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15971
15972 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15973 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15974 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15975 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15976 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15977 \n"
15978 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15979 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15980
15981 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15982 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15983 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15984 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15985 \n"
15986 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15987 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15988
15989 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15990 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15991 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15992 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15993 \n"
15994 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15995 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15996
15997 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15998 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15999 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16000 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16001 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16002 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16003 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16004 if (xdb_commands)
16005 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16006 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16007 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16008 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16009 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16010 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16011
16012 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16013
16014 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16015 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16016 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16017 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16018 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16019 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16020
16021 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16022 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16023 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16024 &enablebreaklist);
16025
16026 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16027 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16028 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16029 &enablebreaklist);
16030
16031 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16032 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16033 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16034 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16035 &enablebreaklist);
16036
16037 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16038 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16039 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16040 &enablelist);
16041
16042 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16043 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16044 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16045 &enablelist);
16046
16047 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16048 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16049 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16050 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16051 &enablelist);
16052
16053 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16054 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16055 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16056 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16057 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16058 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16059 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16060 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16061 if (xdb_commands)
16062 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16067
16068 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16069 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16070 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16071 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16072 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16073 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16074 &disablelist);
16075
16076 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16077 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16078 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16079 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16080 \n\
16081 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16082 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16083 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16084 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16085 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16086 if (xdb_commands)
16087 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16088 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16089 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16090 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16091
16092 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16093 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16094 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16095 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16096 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16097 &deletelist);
16098
16099 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16100 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16101 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16102 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16103 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16104 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16105 \n\
16106 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16107 is executing in.\n\
16108 \n\
16109 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16110 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16111
16112 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16113 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16114 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16115 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16116
16117 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16118 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16119 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16120 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16121
16122 if (xdb_commands)
16123 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16124
16125 if (dbx_commands)
16126 {
16127 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16128 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16129 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16130 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16131 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16132 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16133 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16134 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16135 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16136 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16137 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16138 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16139 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16140 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16141 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16142 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16143 \n\
16144 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16145 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16146 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16147 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16148 breakpoint set."));
16149 }
16150
16151 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16152 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16153 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16154 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16155 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16156 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16157 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16158 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16159 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16160 \n\
16161 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16162 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16163 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16164 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16165 breakpoint set."));
16166
16167 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16168
16169 if (xdb_commands)
16170 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16171 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16172 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16173 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16174 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16175 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16176 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16177 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16178 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16179 \n\
16180 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16181 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16182 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16183 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16184 breakpoint set."));
16185
16186 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16187 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16188 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16189 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16190 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16191 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16192 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16193 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16194 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16195 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16196 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16197 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16198 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16199 \n\
16200 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16201 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16202 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16203 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16204 breakpoint set."),
16205 &maintenanceinfolist);
16206
16207 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16208 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16209 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16210 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16211
16212 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16213 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16214 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16215 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16216
16217 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16218 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16219 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16220 catch_catch_command,
16221 NULL,
16222 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16223 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16224 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16225 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16226 catch_throw_command,
16227 NULL,
16228 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16229 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16230 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16231 catch_fork_command_1,
16232 NULL,
16233 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16234 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16235 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16236 catch_fork_command_1,
16237 NULL,
16238 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16239 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16240 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16241 catch_exec_command_1,
16242 NULL,
16243 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16244 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16245 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16246 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16247 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16248 catch_load_command_1,
16249 NULL,
16250 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16251 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16252 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16253 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16254 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16255 catch_unload_command_1,
16256 NULL,
16257 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16258 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16259 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16260 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16261 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16262 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16263 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16264 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16265 catch_syscall_command_1,
16266 catch_syscall_completer,
16267 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16268 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16269
16270 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16271 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16272 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16273 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16274 an expression changes.\n\
16275 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16276 the memory to which it refers."));
16277 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16278
16279 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16280 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16281 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16282 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16283 an expression is read.\n\
16284 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16285 the memory to which it refers."));
16286 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16287
16288 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16289 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16290 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16291 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16292 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16293 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16294 the memory to which it refers."));
16295 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16296
16297 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16298 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16299
16300 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16301 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16302 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16303 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16304 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16305 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16306 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16307 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16308 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16309 hardware.)"),
16310 NULL,
16311 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16312 &setlist, &showlist);
16313
16314 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16315
16316 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16317
16318 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16319 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16320 \n"
16321 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16322 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16323 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16324
16325 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16326 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16327 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16328 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16329
16330 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16331 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16332 \n"
16333 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16334 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16335 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16336
16337 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16338 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16339 \n\
16340 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16341 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16342 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16343 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16344 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16345 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16346 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16347 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16348 the selected stack frame.\n\
16349 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16350 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16351 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16352 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16353 \n\
16354 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16355 \n\
16356 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16357 conditions are different.\n\
16358 \n\
16359 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16360 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16361 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16362
16363 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16364 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16365 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16366 last tracepoint set."));
16367
16368 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16369
16370 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16371 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16372 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16373 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16374 &deletelist);
16375 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16376
16377 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16378 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16379 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16380 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16381 &disablelist);
16382 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16383
16384 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16385 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16386 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16387 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16388 &enablelist);
16389 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16390
16391 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16392 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16393 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16394 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16395 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16396
16397 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16398 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16399 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16400 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16401
16402 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16403 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16404 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16405 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16406 session to restore them."),
16407 &save_cmdlist);
16408 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16409
16410 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16411 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16412 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16413 &save_cmdlist);
16414 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16415
16416 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16417 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16418
16419 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16420 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16421 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16422 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16423 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16424 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16425 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16426 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16427 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16428 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16429 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16430 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16431
16432 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16433 &pending_break_support, _("\
16434 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16435 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16436 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16437 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16438 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16439 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16440 NULL,
16441 show_pending_break_support,
16442 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16443 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16444
16445 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16446
16447 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16448 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16449 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16450 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16451 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16452 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16453 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16454 NULL,
16455 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16456 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16457 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16458
16459 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16460 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16461 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16462 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16463 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16464 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16465 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16466 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16467 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16468 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16469 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16470 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16471 NULL,
16472 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16473 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16474 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16475
16476 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16477 condition_evaluation_enums,
16478 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16479 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16480 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16481 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16482 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16483 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16484 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16485 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16486 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16487 be set to \"gdb\""),
16488 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16489 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16490 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16491 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16492
16493 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16494 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16495 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16496 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16497 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16498 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16499 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16500 or the start of the range\n\
16501 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16502 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16503 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16504 \n\
16505 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16506 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16507 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16508
16509 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16510 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16511 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16512 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16513 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16514 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16515 "));
16516 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16517
16518 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16519 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16520 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16521 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16522 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16523 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16524 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16525 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16526 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16527 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16528 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16529 &setlist, &showlist);
16530
16531 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16532 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16533 &dprintf_function, _("\
16534 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16535 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16536 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16537 &setlist, &showlist);
16538
16539 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16540 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16541 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16542 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16543 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16544 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16545 &setlist, &showlist);
16546
16547 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16548 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16549 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16550 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16551 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16552 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16553 NULL,
16554 NULL,
16555 &setlist, &showlist);
16556
16557 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16558 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16559 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16560
16561 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16562
16563 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16564 }
This page took 0.433024 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.